ት Tergwame Greek · Coptic · Ethiopic · Syriac · Armenian · Georgian · Latin

Greek · Commentary ·

PG_91A_4

Maximus Confessor · khazarzar

BothSourceEnglish
JSON Dossier
machine-draft · no human review 258 passages · 61,587 words

About this work

Apparatus · what the pipeline recorded

Annotation and terms

0 commentary units 5 derived notes 0 open questions 258 narrative
What the kinds mean

Pipeline notes

  • coverageNo English translation could be identified: a language model asked twice could not name one, though it could not rule one out either. That is not proof that none exists — translations in dissertations, recent books and other modern languages are easily missed.
  • limitThe English is a machine draft produced passage by passage from the transcribed Greek; no human has verified it. The commentary is model-written and cites only keys the pipeline could resolve.
  • registerRegister: other in ancient Greek; the English keeps the liturgical formulae and the vocatives rather than normalising them.
  • structurePassages: 258 narrative.
  • caution2 passage(s) are fragmentary in the source; the English bridges each break and says so in the note.
  • scripture3 scriptural phrase match(es) noted: John 1:1; John 1:29; John 4:10.
  • sourceSource edition: khazarzar.

Term index

SourceRenderingCountFirst
no glossary terms recorded
khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:1 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΑΠΑΝΤΑ, ΜΑΞΙΜΟΥ τοῦ ΟΜΟΛΟΓΗΤΟΥ * ος Τόμος Ε 1... συνέχεια... ΠΕΡΙ ΔΙΑΦΟΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΡΙΩΝ ΣΧΟΛΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΓΙΟΥ ΔΙΟΝΥΣΙΟΥ ος Τόμος Ε... συνέχεια... ΠΕΡΙ ΔΙΑΦΟΡΩΝ ΑΠΟΡΙΩΝ * ΤΩΝ ΑΓΙΩΝ ΔΙΟΝΥΣΙΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΥ... συνέχεια... ΠΡΟΣ ΙΩΑΝΝΗΝ ΑΡΧΙΕΠΙΣΚΟΠΟΝ ΚΥΖΙΚΟΥ ΡΕ (105). ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ, ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΒΑΠΤΙΣΜΑ Β´ ΛΟΓΟΥ, ΕΙΣ ΤΟ «ΤΡΙΣΣΗΝ ΓΕΝΝΗΣΙΝ ΗΜΙΝ..».

Τοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ εἰς τό βάπτισμα β´ λόγου, εἰς τό «Τρισσήν γέννησιν ἡμῖν οἶδεν ὁ Λόγος, τήν ἐκ σωμάτων, τήν ἐκ βαπτίσματος, τήν ἐξ ἀναστάσεως»· εἶτα ἐπειπόντος τούτοις τινά, καί τά γεννήσεις ἑρμηνεύοντος, φῆσαι, «Ταύτας δέ τάς γεννήσεις ἁπάσας παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ τιμήσας ὁ ἑμός Χριστός φαίνεται, τήν μέν τῷ ἐμφυσήματι τῷ πρώτῳ καί ζωτικῷ, τήν δέ τῇ σαρκώσει καί τῷ βαπτίσματι ὅπερ αὐτός ἐβαπτίσατο, τήν δέ τῇ ἀναστάσει ἧς αὐτός ἀπήρξατο, ὡς ἐγένετο πρωτότοκος ἐν πολλοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, οὕτω καί πρωτότοκος ἐκ νεκρῶν γενέσθαι καταξιώσας». Πῶς ἐν τούτοις ὁ θεόφρων οὗτος διδάσκαλος δοκεῖ περιττοτέραν τήν ἐπανάληψιν τῶν προῤῥηθέντων πεποιηκέναι; Τρισσήν γάρ εἰπών γέννησιν, τήν ἐκ σωμάτων, τήν ἐκ βαπτίσματος, τήν ἐξ ἀναστάσεως, ἐπήγαγεν ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενος διά τῆς δοκούσης περιττῆς εἶναι φράσεως καί τετάρτην διά τοῦ φάναι, "Τήν μέν τῷ ἐμφυσήματι τῷ πρώτῳ καί ζωτικῷ». Ἧς γάρ μετά τῶν τριῶν οὐκ *

English

Of the same, from the second discourse on baptism, on the passage "The Word knows a threefold birth for us: the one from bodies, the one from baptism, the one from resurrection"; then, after adding certain things to these and interpreting the births, he says, "These births, all of them, my Christ appears to have honored from himself: the one by the first and life-giving breath, the one by the incarnation and the baptism which he himself was baptized with, and the one by the resurrection of which he himself began, so that as he became firstborn among many brothers, so also he was deemed worthy to become firstborn from the dead." How in these words does this God-minded teacher seem to have made a more superfluous repetition of what was said before? For having said a threefold birth—the one from bodies, the one from baptism, the one from resurrection—he added, as if forgetting, through the phrase that seems superfluous, also a fourth, by saying, "The one by the first and life-giving breath." For which, with the three, is not

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:2 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό ἔργο τοῦ ἁγίου Μαξίμου χωρίστηκε σέ τόμους καί ἀναγράφονται οἱ σελίδες σύμφωνα μέ τή σειρά "ΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ Ο ΠΑΛΑΜΑΣ" τῶν ἐκδόσεων "ΤΟ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟΝ" Θεσσαλονίκη 1992, ΦΙΛΟΚΑΛΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΝΗΠΤΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΣΚΗΤΙΚΩΝ, γιά νά μπορεῖ εὔκολα ὁ ἀναγνώστης νά συμβουλεύεται μετάφραση. Τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό τρεῖς πηγές: 1) ἀπό τήν ἠλεκτρονική βιβλιοθήκη ἑλληνικῶν κειμένων,, ( :// ), 2) κείμενα πού δέν περιλαμβάνονται στό ἀπό τήν πατρολογία τοῦ, τόμος ος καί ος (τά δακτυλογράφησε ἡ μητέρα τοῦ π. Ἀρσενίου Μέσκου), καί 3) τά σχόλια στά ἔργα τοῦ ἁγίου Διονυσίου τοῦ Ἀρεοπαγίτη ἀπό τίς ἐκδόσεις ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟ, τό κείμενο περάστηκε ἀπό σκάνερ, ἀκολούθησε ὀπτική ἀναγνώριση χαρακτήρων καί ἔλεγχος. Τόμος καί σελίδα γιά τίς ἐκδόσεις ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟ ἀναγράφονται μέ τόν ἀκόλουθο τρόπο:, δηλαδή ἀκολουθεῖ ἡ δέκατη σελίδα τοῦ Β τόμου. Ἐπίσης ὑπάρχει καί ἔνδειξη γιά τήν σελίδα τῆς πατρολογίας ὅταν τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό ἐκεῖ.

* Τό κείμενο προέρχεται ἀπό τήν πατρολογία τοῦ, τόμος ος (τό δακτυλογράφησε ἡ μητέρα τοῦ π. Ἀρσενίου Μέσκου), σέ ἀντιπαράθεση μέ τό κείμενο τῶν ἐκδόσεων "ΤΟ ΒΥΖΑΝΤΙΟΝ" τῆς σειρᾶς "ΓΡΗΓΟΡΙΟΣ Ο ΠΑΛΑΜΑΣ" Θεσσαλονίκη 1992, ΦΙΛΟΚΑΛΙΑ ΤΩΝ ΝΗΠΤΙΚΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΣΚΗΤΙΚΩΝ, τόμος Ε.

English

The work of Saint Maximus was divided into volumes, and the pages are recorded according to the order of "GREGORY PALAMAS" of the "TO BYZANTION" editions, Thessaloniki 1992, PHILOKALIA OF THE NEPTIC AND ASCETIC FATHERS, so that the reader can easily consult the translation. The text comes from three sources: 1) from the electronic library of Greek texts, ( :// ), 2) texts not included in the Patrologia of, volume os and os (typed by the mother of Fr. Arsenios Meskos), and 3) the scholia on the works of Saint Dionysius the Areopagite from the BYZANTION editions; the text was passed through a scanner, followed by optical character recognition and proofreading. Volume and page for the BYZANTION editions are recorded in the following way:, that is, the tenth page of volume B follows. There is also an indication of the page of the Patrologia when the text comes from there.

* The text comes from the Patrologia of, volume os (typed by the mother of Fr. Arsenios Meskos), in comparison with the text of the "TO BYZANTION" editions of the series "GREGORY PALAMAS," Thessaloniki 1992, PHILOKALIA OF THE NEPTIC AND ASCETIC FATHERS, volume E.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:3 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἐμνημόνευσε γεννήσεων ὡς περί προλεχθείσης ἐπήγαγεν εἰπών, "Τήν μέν τῷ ἐμφυσήματι τῷ πρώτῳ καί ζωτικῷ». Πῶς οὖν τοῦτο κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν εἴρηκεν ὁ διδάσκαλος, οἶδε πάντως ὁ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν αὐτῷ γεγονώς παραπλήσιος, καί μή πόῤῥω τῆς αὐτοῦ περί τά θεῖα σοφῆς ἐπιστήμης διεστηκώς. Ὅσον δ᾿ οὖν ἐμέ γινώσκειν κατά τό ἐμῆς ἀσθενοῦς διανοίας ἀβληχρόν, οὐκ οἶμαι περιττήν εἶναι τήν ἐπαχθεῖσαν τετάρτην γέννησιν, ἀλλά μᾶλλον συμπληρωτικήν τῆς ἐκ σωμάτων προτεθείσης γεννήσεως, καί ἑρμηνευτικήν τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ θείων λόγων τε καί τρόπων. Ὁ γάρ τῆς γενέσεως ἕνεκεν τοῦ πρώτου Ἀδάμ ἄνθρωπος γενέσθαι καταδεξάμενος χάριν οὐκ ἀπαξιώσας, διά μέν τῆς γενέσεως τήν πρός τόν πεσόντα συγκατάβασιν, διά δέ τῆς γεννήσεως τήν πρός τόν καταδεδικασμένον ἑκούσιον κένωσιν ἐπιδείξατο· τῇ μέν γενέσει φυσικῶς εἰς ταὐτόν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ κατά τήν ζωτικήν ἀγόμενος ἔμπνευσιν, ἐξ ἧς τό κατ᾿ εἰκόνα λαβών ὡς ἄνθρωπος ἄπρατον διέμεινεν ἔχων τῆς ἐλευθερίας, τῆς ἀναμαρτησίας καί ἄχραντον. τῇ δέ γεννήσει κατα τήν σάρκωσιν τήν πρός τόν ἄνθρωπον τῆς φθορᾶς ὁμοίωσιν ἑκουσίως διά τῆς δουλικῆς μορφῆς ὑποδύς τοῖς αὐτοῖς παραπλησίως ἡμῖν κατά θέλησιν ὑποκεῖσθαι φυσικοῖς παθήμασι χωρίς ἁμαρτίας, ὡς ὑπεύθυνος ὁ ἀναμάρτητος, ἠνέσχετο. Κατ᾿ ἄμφω γάρ ταῦτα μέρη τεμών ἐκ μερῶν συνετέθη, καί γένονε τελείως νέος Ἀδάμ, τόν πρῶτον τοῖς κατ᾿ ἄμφω μέρεσιν Ἀδάμ ἐν ἑαυτῷ φέρων ἀμείωτον. Τῆς γάρ πρό τῆς παραβάσεως τοῦ Ἀδάμ γενέσεως νόμῳ συγκαταβάσεως ἀνασχόμενος κατά τήν πλάσιν τό ἀναμάρτητον φυσικῶς λαβών διά τῆς ἐμπνεύσεως, ἄφθαρτον οὐ προσέλαβε.

English

He mentioned generations, and as concerning what was said beforehand he added, saying, "The one indeed by the first and life-giving inbreathing." How then the teacher has said this in truth, he knows fully who has become like him in virtue and has not stood far from his wisdom and knowledge concerning divine things. But as far as I can know, according to the weak and feeble capacity of my infirm mind, I do not think the fourth generation that has been brought forward is superfluous, but rather complementary to the generation from bodies that was set forth, and interpretive of the divine words and modes pertaining to it. For the one who, for the sake of the generation of the first Adam, deigned to become man, not disdaining the grace, demonstrated through his generation his condescension toward the fallen one, and through his birth his voluntary self-emptying toward the condemned one; by his generation being led naturally into the same state as man according to the life-giving inspiration, from which, receiving the according-to-the-image as man, he remained with his freedom unassailed, and his sinlessness undefiled. But by his birth according to the incarnation, voluntarily submitting to the likeness of man's corruption through the form of a servant, he endured to be subject, like us, to the same natural passions according to the will without sin, as one liable though sinless. For in both these parts, having been cut from parts, he was composed, and became a completely new Adam, bearing in himself the first Adam undiminished in both parts. For having submitted by the law of condescension to the generation of Adam before the transgression, according to the formation, receiving sinlessness naturally through the inspiration, he did not take up incorruption.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:4 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῆς δέ μετά τήν παράβασιν ἐκ καταδίκης γεννήσεως κατά τήν ἑκούσιον κένωσιν τό παθητόν φυσικῶς εἰληφώς τό ἁμαρτητικόν οὐ προσείληφε, καί γίνεται νέος Ἀδάμ, γένεσιν λαμβάνων τήν αὐτήν ἀναμάρτητον καί γεννήσεως τῆς αὐτῆς παθητῆς ἀνεχόμενος. Ἄμφω γάρ ἀλλήλαις τελείως περί ἑαυτόν ἐναλλάξ τοῖς κατ᾿ ἄμφω μέρεσιν συμπλέξας ἄμφω δι᾿ ἀλλήλων τῇ ἐλλείψει τοῦ περί ἑκατέραν ἄκρου δυνατῶς ἐξιάσατο, τῆς μέν πρώτης καί τιμίας τήν δευτέραν καί ἄτιμον ποιούμενος σωστικήν τε καί ἀνανεωτικήν, τῆς δέ δευτέρας τήν πρώτην συστατικήν τε καί περιποιητικήν καταστήσας. Ἄκρα δέ φημι τῆς μέν γενέσεως πρώτης καί τιμίας ὑπαρχούσης τό ἄφθαρτον, ὡς ἀναμαρτησίας ἀρχή, τῆς δέ γεννήσεως ὡς δευτέρας οὔσης καί ἀτίμου τό ἁμαρτητικόν, ὡς παντός πάθους αἴτιον καί φθορᾶς. Ἄπερ εἰς ἑαυτόν κατά τήν σάρκωσιν μηδαμῶς εἰληφώς ὁ Σωτήρ καί τά δι᾿ αὐτά καταδεξάμενος τῆς μέν γενέσεως τήν γέννησιν σωστικήν ἐποιήσατο, τῷ καθ᾿ αὐτήν πάθει παραδόξως τήν τῆς γενέσεως ἀφθαρσίαν ἀνανεούμενος, τῆς δ᾿ αὖ πάλιν γεννήσεως τήν γένεσιν περιποιητικήν κατεστήσατο, τῇ κατ᾿ αὐτήν ἀναμαρτησίᾳ τήν τῆς γεννήσεως καθαγιάζων ἐμπάθειαν, ἵνα τήν μέν γένεσιν παντελῶς ἀνασώσηται, τῷ κατ᾿ αὐτήν θεοτελεῖ λόγῳ τήν φύσιν διακρατοῦσαν, τῆς δέ γεννήσεως τήν ὑποπεσοῦσαν αὐτῇ φύσιν διά τήν ἁμαρτίαν παντελῶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, τῷ κατ᾿ αὐτήν ἴσως τοῖς λοιποῖς ἐπί γῆς ζώοις ἐπιῤῥύτῳ τῆς σπορᾶς τρόπῳ μή κρατουμένην.

English

Of the birth after the transgression that comes from condemnation, having naturally received the passible element in accordance with the voluntary kenosis, he did not take on the sinful element, and he becomes a new Adam, receiving the same sinless generation and enduring the same passible birth. For having perfectly interwoven both with each other in himself, alternately in both parts, he healed both through each other by the absence of the extreme in each, making the second, the dishonorable, salvific and renewing of the first, the honorable, and establishing the first as consolidating and preserving of the second. And I mean the extremes: of the first generation, which is honorable, the incorruptible, as the beginning of sinlessness; and of the birth, which is second and dishonorable, the sinful, as the cause of every passion and of corruption. These things the Savior, having in no way taken them into himself at the incarnation, and having accepted the things that come through them, made the birth of the generation salvific, paradoxically renewing the incorruption of the generation by the passion according to it, and again he established the generation as preserving of the birth, sanctifying the passionate condition of the birth by the sinlessness according to it, so that he might wholly save the generation, preserving nature by the God-completed principle according to it, and might wholly free from the birth the nature that has fallen under it because of sin, which is not held, as perhaps in the other living creatures on earth, by the flowing manner of seed according to it.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:5 · narrative
Source · Greek

Συνάψας οὖν γένεσιν καί πλάσιν καί ἔμπνευσιν φυσικῶς τῇ σαρκώσει καί τῇ γεννήσει, κατά μόνην ἐπίνοιαν ἀλλήλων δίελε, καί εὑρήσεις κατά τόν μέγαν διδάσκαλον τήν τετάρτην γέννησιν, συμπληροῦσαν τήν ἐκ σωμάτων, καί μόνῃ ἐπινοίᾳ τήν ἀπ’ αὐτής δεχομένην διάκρισιν κατά τόν ἀποδοθέντα τρόπον. Λέγω δέ ταὐτόν εἶναι τήν γένεσιν προεπινοουμένην φυσικῶς τῆς ἐπεισάκτου γεννήσεως, ἧς ἴδιόν ἐστι τό ἐμφύσημα τό πρῶτον καί ζωτικόν. Ρ (106). ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ, «ΤΡΙΣΣΗΝ ΓΕΝΝΗΣΙΝ ΗΜΙΝ ΟΙΔΕΝ Ο ΛΟΓΟΣ» Θεωρία εἰς τό, "Τρισσήν γέννησιν ἡμῖν οἶδεν ὁ Λόγος».

Καί συλλήβδην εἰπεῖν, εἰ βούλοιο γνῶναι τῶν τοῦ διδασκάλου λόγων τήν ἀκρίβειαν, ζήτει τίς ὁ κατ᾿ αἰτίαν προηγούμενος τῆς ἀνθρώπου γενέσεως λόγος ἐστίν, ὁ τῆς ἰδίας ἐντός μένων ἀεί μονιμότητος ἀνεκφοιτήτως, καί τίς ὁ κατά τήν παιδευτικήν οἰκονομίαν τῆς γεννήσεως αὐτοῦ διά τήν ἁμαρτίαν τρόπος, ὁ τέλος ἔχων τήν τοῦ παιδαγωγουμένου διόρθωσιν καί πρός τόν λόγον τῆς αὐτοῦ γενέσεως τήν τελείαν ἐπάνοδον, καί μαθήσῃ σαφῶς πῶς ὁ Θεός γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος κατ᾿ ἄμφω τελείως γέγονε, πρός ὅν εἶχεν ἀληθῶς τῆς γενέσεως λόγον τόν κατ᾿ οἰκονομίαν σοφῶς ἐπανάγων τρόπον, καί τότε δικαίως θαυμάσεις τῆς συνέσεως τόν διδάσκαλον, πῶς τά κατά τήν φύσιν συνημμένα κατ᾿ ἐπίνοιαν διελών τόν ὅλον τοῦ ἐφ᾿ ἡμῖν θειοτάτου μυστηρίου κρυφίως διετράνωσε λόγον. Τήν γάρ ἐκ σωμάτων γέννησιν τῷ ζωτικῷ ἐμφυσήματι καί τῇ σαρκώσει κατ᾿ ἐπίνοιαν ἐπιμερίσας τήν πρός τόν κατά τήν γένεσιν λόγον τοῦ κατά τήν γέννησιν τρόπου διαφοράν παρῃνίξατο.

English

Having therefore joined generation, formation, and inbreathing naturally to the incarnation and the birth, he divided them from one another by mere conceptual distinction, and you will find, according to the great teacher, the fourth generation, which completes the generation from bodies, and which by conceptual distinction alone receives the distinction from it in the manner that has been set forth. I say that generation, naturally conceived beforehand, is the same as the supervening birth, whose proper element is the first and life-giving inbreathing. R (106). CONTEMPLATION ON "THE WORD KNOWS A THREEFOLD GENERATION FOR US." Contemplation on "The Word knows a threefold generation for us."

And to speak summarily, if you wish to know the precision of the teacher's words, seek what is the principle (logos) that precedes by way of cause the generation of man, remaining always within its own stability without going out, and what is the manner of his generation according to the pedagogical economy because of sin, which has as its end the correction of the one being educated and the perfect return to the principle of his generation; and you will learn clearly how God, having become man, became perfectly so in both respects, wisely leading back the manner according to the economy to the principle of generation that he truly possessed, and then you will justly marvel at the teacher's understanding, how, having divided by conceptual distinction the things joined by nature, he secretly made plain the whole account of the most divine mystery concerning us. For having divided, by conceptual distinction, the generation from bodies among the life-giving inbreathing and the incarnation, he hinted at the difference between the manner according to generation and the principle according to generation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:6 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὧν ἐπιλαβόμενος δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ὁ τήν φύσιν ἀνακαινίσας Θεός, μᾶλλον δέ καινίσας εἰπεῖν ἀληθέστερον, καί πρός τό ἀρχαῖον κάλλος αὐτήν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἐπαγαγών διά τῆς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἁγίας αὐτοῦ καί λογικῶς ἐψυχωμένης σαρκός, καί πλεόν παρασχόμενος αὐτῇ φιλοδώρως τήν θέωσιν, ἧς μεταπεσεῖν παντελῶς ἀμήχανον αὐτῷ τῷ σαρκωθέντι Θεῷ ψυχῆς τρόπον ἑνούσης σώματι, δι᾿ ὅλου περιχωρήσασαν ἀσυγχύτως κατά τήν ἕνωσιν, καί τῆς αὐτοῦ κατ᾿ αὐτήν ἐκφάνσεως τοσοῦτον ἀντιλαβοῦσαν τό κρύπτεσθαι ὅσον αὐτός δι᾿ αὐτήν γέγονε φανερός καί τῆς οἰκείας φυσικῆς κρυφιότητος ἐκβεβηκώς ἐνομίσθη·

Καί τί τούτου παραδοξότερον, ὅτι φύσει Θεός ὑπάρχων, καί ἄνθρωπος φύσει γενέσθαι καταξιώσας, οὐδετέρας φύσεως τούς φυσικούς ὅρους διά τῆς ἑτέρας παντελῶς παρήμειψεν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅλος Θεός ὤν ὅλος γενόμενος διέμεινεν ἄνθρωπος; οὐ τῷ εἶναι Θεός ἄνθρωπος γενέσθαι κωλυόμενος, οὔτε μήν τῷ γενέσθαι ἄνθρωπος τοῦ εἶναι Θεός ἐλαττούμενος, εἷς καί ὁ αὐτός ὅλος δι᾿ ἀμφοῖν συντηρούμενος, ἄμφω φυσικῶς κατά ἀλήθειαν ὑπάρχων, μήτε τῷ ἀκραιφνεῖ τῆς κατ᾿ οὐσίαν τῶν μερῶν φυσικῆς διαφορᾶς διαιρούμενος, μήτε μήν τῷ ἄκρως μοναδικῷ τῆς ὑποστάσεως συγχεόμενος, οὐ τραπείς εἰς τήν κάτω φύσιν καί εἰς ὅπερ οὐκ ἦν μεταπεσών.

English

Having taken hold of these things for our sake, God, who renewed nature—or rather, to speak more truthfully, made it new—and brought it back to the ancient beauty of incorruption through his holy and rationally ensouled flesh taken from us, and who generously granted it deification in abundance, from which it is altogether impossible for him to fall away—since the incarnate God himself unites the mode of the soul to the body, having pervaded it wholly without confusion according to the union, and having received so much of the concealment of his manifestation through it as he himself became manifest on its account and was thought to have departed from his own natural hiddenness—

And what is more paradoxical than this, that being God by nature and having deigned to become man by nature, he did not at all transgress the natural bounds of either nature through the other, but being wholly God he remained wholly man? Not being prevented by being God from becoming man, nor yet being diminished by becoming man from being God, one and the same whole being preserved through both, being both naturally in truth, neither divided by the purity of the natural difference of the parts according to essence, nor yet confused by the absolute singularity of the hypostasis, not turned into the lower nature nor falling into what he was not.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:7 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐ φαντάσας σαρκός εἴδει καί σχήματι τήν οἰκονομίαν, καί ὅσα ἑτέρα καθ᾿ ὑποκειμένου λέγεται εἶναι χωρίς τοῦ ὑποκειμένου λαβών, ταύτην ἐπλήρωσεν, ἀλλ᾿ αὐτήν κυρίως πράγματι καί ἀληθείᾳ τήν ἀνθρωπίνην προσλαβών φύσιν ἥνωσεν ἑαυτῷ καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν ἀτρέπτως καί ἀναλλοιώτως καί ἀμειώτως καί ἀδιαιρέτως, τῷ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν αὐτῆς λόγῳ καί ὅρῳ συνέχων ἀνέκπτωτον. Καθ᾿ ἥν καί τήν ἐκ σωμάτων κατά τόν ἅγιον τοῦτον καί μέγαν διδάσκαλον ἡμετέραν ἐτίμησε γέννησιν, καί γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος ἀληθῶς καί ἀνθρωπίνως γεννώμενος, ἵνα ἡμᾶς τῶν δεσμῶν τῆς γεννήσεως ἐλευθερώσῃ, καί τοῦ παραπλησίως χόρτου σπειρόμενους ἐκ καταδίκης διά τήν ἁμαρτίαν φύεσθαι νόμου, καί τοῦ τήν αὐτήν ἔχειν φυτοῖς τε καί ἀλόγοις ζώοις τῆς πρός τό εἶναι γενέσεως τήν συγγένειαν. Ὥς πού φησιν ὁ μέγας καί τῶν μεγάλων θεατής Ἰεζεκιήλ τά θεῖα μυσταγωγούμενος καί τήν αἰτίαν τῆς νῦν περί τόν ἄνθρωπον ὑπαρχούσης οἰκονομίας ἐκπαιδευόμενος, ὡς πρός Ἱερουσαλήμ φάσκων· τάδε λέγει Κύριος τῇ Ἱερουσαλήμ, Ἡ ῥίζα σου καί ἡ γέννησίς σου ἐκ γῆς Χαναάν, ὁ πατήρ σου Ἀμοιῤῥαῖος, καί ἡ μήτηρ σου Χετταία· ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἐτέχθης οὐκ ἔδησαν τόν ὀμφαλόν σου, καί ἐν ὕδατι οὐκ ἐλούθης, οὐδέ ἁλί ἁλίσθης, καί σπαργάνοις οὐκ ἐσπαργανώθης, καί ἀπεῤῥίφης ἐπί πρόσωπον τοῦ πεδίου τῇ σκολιότητι τῆς ψυχῆς σου ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρα ἐτέχθης· καί διῆλθον ἐπί σέ, καί εἶδόν σε πεφυρμένην ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου, καί εἶπα σοι, Ἐκ τοῦ αἵματός σου ἡ ζωή σου, πληθύνου, καθώς ἡ ἀνατολή τοῦ ἀγροῦ δέδωκά σε.

English

He did not fulfill the economy by imagining flesh in appearance and form, nor by taking those things that are said to belong to a subject without the subject, but by truly and in reality taking on the human nature itself, he united it to himself in hypostasis, without turning, without change, without diminution, and without division, holding it unalterable by the principle and definition of its essence. By this nature he also honored our birth from bodies, according to this holy and great teacher, and became man truly and was born in a human way, so that he might free us from the bonds of birth, and from being sown like grass and growing from condemnation because of the law of sin, and from having the same kinship of generation toward being as plants and irrational animals. As the great Ezekiel, seer of great things, says somewhere, being initiated into the divine mysteries and being taught the cause of the economy that now exists concerning man, speaking to Jerusalem: Thus says the Lord to Jerusalem, Your root and your birth are from the land of Canaan; your father was an Amorite, and your mother a Hittite. On the day you were born, your navel was not bound, and you were not washed in water, nor salted with salt, nor wrapped in swaddling clothes, and you were cast out on the face of the field because of the perversity of your soul on the day you were born. And I passed by you, and I saw you defiled in your blood, and I said to you, Your life is from your blood; multiply, as the east of the field I have given you.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:8 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τῆς οὖν τοῦ φύεσθαι διά τῆς σπορᾶς ἴσα χόρτῳ καί δι᾿ αἵματος κατά τά λοιπά ζῶα τήν ζωήν ἔχειν καταδίκης ὁ τήν φύσιν ἐξιώμενος καί πρός τήν ἀρχαίαν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας χάριν ἐπανάγων Κύριος, ἦλθεν αὐτήν ἐλευθερῶσαι, καί ἐμφανῶς μέν αὐτῇ δεῖξαι πρός ὅπερ γενομένη κατ᾿ ἀρχάς οὐδόλως ἐκινήθη καλόν, καί πατῆσαι τό πονηρόν πρός ὅπερ ἄμα τῷ γενέσθαι διά τῆς ἀπάτης τήν ὅλην αὐτῆς κινηθεῖσα παρά φύσιν κατεκένωσε δύναμιν, καί καταδῆσαι πρός ἑαυτόν τήν τῆς ἐπιθυμίας δύναμιν (ἧς ὑπάρχει ὁ ὀμφαλός σύμβολον), τήν ἐν τῷ ἀγαθῷ γόνιμον ἕξιν λαβοῦσαν παγίαν καί ἀμετάπτωτον, καί λοῦσαι ἐν ὕδατι, καθᾶραι λέγων τῶν μολυσμῶν τῆς ἁγνοίας τῷ πελάγει τῆς περιχυθείσης αὐτῇ κατά τήν χάριν γνώσεως, καί ἁλίσαι ἁλί, καί σπαργανῶσαι σπαργάνοις, τουτέστι τήν πρός ὅπερ γέγονεν ἀγαθόν φυσικήν ἐνέργειαν ἀπρίξ στερεώσας τῷ πνεύματι, σήψεως παθῶν καθαράν καταστῆσαι καί ἀνεπίδεκτον, καί τῇ περιβολῇ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν ἀληθῶν λόγων δίκην σπαργάνων περισφίγξας ἀδιάχυτον παντελῶς ἀπεργάσασθαι. ΡΖ (107). ΑΛΛΗ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη εἰς τό αὐτό θεωρία.

English

Therefore the Lord, who heals nature and leads it back to the ancient grace of incorruption, came to set it free from the condemnation of growing by seed like grass and of having life through blood like the rest of the animals; and to show it openly the good toward which, when it was made in the beginning, it was in no way moved, and to trample the evil toward which, as soon as it came to be, it was moved by deceit contrary to nature and emptied out its whole power, and to bind to himself the power of desire (of which the navel is a symbol), receiving the fertile disposition in the good as firm and unchangeable, and to wash it in water, cleansing it, he says, from the defilements of ignorance by the sea of the knowledge poured out upon it according to grace, and to salt it with salt, and to wrap it in swaddling clothes—that is, having firmly fixed by the Spirit the natural activity toward the good for which it was made, to render it pure and unreceptive of the corruption of the passions, and having bound it round with the garment of the true principles in existing things like swaddling clothes, to make it altogether incapable of being dissolved. 107. Another contemplation on the same. Another contemplation on the same.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:9 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τυχόν δέ διά τῶν εἰρημένων ὁ διδάσκαλος διττόν εἶναι τόν κατά τήν γένεσιν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης φύσεως λόγον τε καί τρόπον εἰσηγούμενος, τόν μέν ψυχῆς, τόν δέ σώματος, τήν ἐκ σωμάτων γέννησιν εἰς δύο κατ᾿ ἐπίνοιαν διεῖλε γεννήσεις, τήν μέν ψυχήν ἐμφαίνων ἀῤῥήτως ἐκ τοῦ θείου καί ζωτικοῦ ἐμφυσήματος συνισταμένην, τό δέ σῶμα ἐκ τῆς ὑποκειμένης ὕλης τοῦ ἐξ οὗπέρ ἐστιν ἅμα τῇ ψυχῇ κατά τήν σύλληψιν γινόμενον σώματος. Οὐ γάρ τόν αὐτόν ἀπαραλλάκτως φάναι θέμις ἐπ᾿ ἀμφοῖν τῆς γενέσεως εἶναι τόν λόγον καί τόν τρόπον, ὅτι μηδέ ταυτόν ἀλλήλοις κατά τήν οὐσίαν ἄμφω ταῦτα τυγχάνουσιν. Ὧν γάρ ἀλλήλοις μή ταὐτόν ἐστι τό εἶναι, τούτων δηλονότι καί ὁ πρός ἄλληλα τῆς γενέσεως παρήλλακται λόγος καί τρόπος. Ἀλλά ψυχῆς μέν ἄλλον εἶναι δίκαιον οἴεσθαι καί λόγον καί τρόπον, καθ᾿ ὅν γίνεταί τε καί ἔστι καί ἀμεταβόλως μένει σῶμα καί ψυχῇ συναπτόμενον.

ΡΗ (108). ΘΕΩΡΙΑ... ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΛΕΓΟΝΤΑΣ ΠΡΟΫΠΑΡΧΕΙΝ Ή ΜΕΘΥΠΑΡΧΕΙΝ... ΤΑΣ ΨΥΧΑΣ Θεωρία σύντομος πρός τούς λέγοντας προϋπάρχειν ἤ μεθυπάρχειν τῶν σωμάτων τάς ψυχάς.

English

Perhaps through what has been said the teacher is suggesting that the principle and the mode of the generation of human nature are twofold, the one of the soul and the other of the body, and that he has divided by conceptual distinction the birth from bodies into two births, showing that the soul is constituted ineffably from the divine and life-giving inbreathing, while the body comes to be at the very moment of conception together with the soul from the underlying matter of that body from which it is. For it is not lawful to say that the principle and the mode of generation are in every respect the same in both cases, since these two are not even the same as each other in essence. For of things whose being is not the same as one another, clearly the principle and mode of their generation relative to one another also differs. But it is right to think that the principle and the mode of the soul are different, according to which it comes to be and is and remains unchangeably united to the body and the soul.

RHETORICAL CHAPTER 108. CONTEMPLATION... AGAINST THOSE WHO SAY THAT SOULS PRE-EXIST OR CO-EXIST... A brief contemplation against those who say that souls pre-exist or co-exist with bodies.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:10 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ καί ἅμα κατά τήν ὕπαρξιν ἀμφοτέρων, ψυχῆς λέγω καί σώματος, ὁ αὐτός ἐστι τῆς γενέσεως χρόνος, οὐδενός τοῦ ἑτέρου προϋπάρχοντος, ὡς ἔφην, κατά τήν γένεσιν ἤ μεθυπάρχοντος, ἵνα μή τοῦ ἐξ ἀμφοῖν εἴδους ὡς ὅλου λυθῇ, δικαίως ἄν ὁ τοῦ πρός τι λόγος πρεσβυτέραν ἔχων καθ᾿ ἑαυτήν οὖσαν τήν τοῦ ἑνός ὡς μέρους ὑπόστασιν, καί πρός ἄλλο κατά τήν φύσιν παντάπασιν ἄσχετον ἔχουσαν τήν ἕνωσιν, καί διά τοῦτο μηδέποτε τήν σύν ἄλλῳ κατά σύνθεσιν ἄλλου τινός φυσικῶς συμπληροῦσαν ὑπόστασιν χωρίς φθορᾶς καί τῆς πρός ὅπερ οὐκ ἦν ἀλλοιώσεως. Τό γάρ καθ’ ἑαυτό ἰδικῶς προϋφισάμενον εἰς ἄλλου τινός εἴδους ὑπόστασιν οὐ πέφυκεν ἄγεσθαι. Εἰ δέ εἰς τήν ἑτέρου εἴδους συμπλήρωσιν τήν πρός ἄλλο δέχεται σύνθεσιν τό προϋφιστάμενον, ἤ κατά φύσιν τοῦτο ποιεῖ πάντως, ἤ παρά φύσιν. Καί εἰ μέν κατά φύσιν, οὐδέποτε τῆς πρός ἄλλο πρός ἐκπλήρωσιν εἴδους ἑτέρου συνθέσεως παυόμενον ὁραθήσεται, διά τήν βίαν τῆς φύσεως ἑαυτῆς ἐκστῆναι μή δυναμένης, καί τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ οὔτε σώματος χωρίς ἡ

English

Even if at the same time, with respect to existence, the time of generation of both—I mean of soul and body—is the same, with neither of the two pre-existing, as I said, in generation nor coming into being after the other, so that the form composed of both as a whole might not be dissolved, then the account of the relative would rightly hold the subsistence of the one as a part to be older in itself, and to have its union with another thing entirely unrelated in nature, and for this reason never naturally to complete, without corruption and without change into what it was not, a subsistence together with another by composition of something else. For what has been individually established beforehand in itself is not naturally led into the subsistence of another form. But if what pre-exists receives composition with another for the completion of a different form, it does this either according to nature entirely, or contrary to nature. And if according to nature, it will never be seen ceasing from composition with another for the fulfillment of a different form, because nature cannot by force depart from itself; and by this account, neither without the body is the

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:11 · narrative
Source · Greek

ψυχή, οὔτε ψυχῆς σῶμά ποτε νοηθήσεται, καί περιετράπη τοῖς περιττοῖς τήν σύνεσιν εἰς ἠλιθιότητα τό σοφόν, ἐναχθεῖσι βίᾳ πρός ὅπερ φεύγειν ἐσπούδασαν. Εἰ δέ παρά φύσιν τήν πρός ἄλλου συμπλήρωσιν εἴδους θάτερον τούτων τήν πρός τό ἕτερον δέχεται σύνθεσιν, φθείρεται πάντως, τοῦ κατά φύσιν ἐξιστάμενον ὅρου, καί γινόμενον ὅπερ μή πέφυκε καί εἰς ὅπερ οὐκ ἦν μεταπίπτον. Οὗ τί γένοιτ᾿ ἄν ἀσυνετώτερον; Ἀλ᾿ ἐπί τό προκείμενον ἐπανέλθωμεν. Ψυχῆς μέν οὖν γένεσις, ὥς φησιν ἐμφαντικῶς ὁ διδάσκαλος, ἐξ ὑποκειμένης ὕλης οὐ γίνεται, καθάπερ τά σώματα, ἀλλά τῷ βουλήματι τοῦ Θεοῦ διά τῆς ζωτικῆς ἐμπνεύσεως ἀῤῥήτως τε καί ἀγνώστως, ὡς οἶδε μόνος ὁ ταύτης δημιουργός. Ἡ ψυχή τό εἶναι λαμβάνουσα κατά τήν σύλληψιν ἅμα τῷ σώματι πρός ἑνός ἀνθρώπου συμπλήρωσιν ἄγγεται, τό δέ σῶμα ἐκ τῆς ὑποκειμένης ὕλης τοῦ ἑτέρου δηλαδή γίνεται σώματος κατά τήν σύλληψιν, ἅμα τῇ ψυχῇ τήν τοῦ ἕν εἶδος εἶναι σύν αὐτῇ δεχόμενον σύνθεσιν. Ὅπερ ἀλλαχοῦ τρανότερον ἐμφαίνων φησίν ὁ διδάσκαλος, «Κατά τήν διπλῆν τοῦ ἐμφυσήματος δύναμιν, καί πνοήν ἐμφυσώμενοι πάντες καί Πνεῦμα ἅγιον». Μεριστέον οὖν τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ κατά τήν σύλληψιν τό μέν ζωτικόν ἐμφύσημα καί τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον τῇ νοερᾷ τῆς ψυχῆς οὐσίᾳ, τήν δέ σάρκωσιν καί τήν πνοήν τῇ φύσει τοῦ σώματος, καθώς οἱ Πατέρες φασί.

English

Neither will soul ever be conceived without body, nor body without soul; and the wise man's understanding was turned to folly by those who busy themselves with superfluous things, being driven by force toward that which they earnestly sought to flee. But if, contrary to nature, one of these receives its completion of form from another, and the other receives composition in relation to it, it is utterly destroyed, departing from its natural boundary and becoming what it was not made to be, and falling into what it was not. What could be more senseless than this? But let us return to what lies before us. The generation of the soul, then, as the teacher says with clear emphasis, does not come from underlying matter, as bodies do, but by the will of God through the life-giving inbreathing, ineffably and unknowably, as only its Creator knows. The soul, receiving its existence at conception together with the body, is led to the completion of one human being; and the body comes to be at conception from the underlying matter, that is, of the other body, receiving together with the soul the composition of being one form with it. Making this clearer elsewhere, the teacher says, "According to the double power of the inbreathing, all are both breathed upon as breath and are Holy Spirit." We must therefore distinguish in thought, at conception, the life-giving inbreathing and the Holy Spirit as belonging to the rational essence of the soul, and the enfleshment and the breath as belonging to the nature of the body, as the Fathers say.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:12 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί ἡ τοῦ προπάτορος Ἀδάμ μυστικῶς παρήχθη γένεσις, ἕτερον τῆς ψυχῆς ἔχουσα τόν τε τοῦ εἶναι λόγον καί τόν τοῦ γενέσθαι τρόπον, καί ἕτερον δηλαδή τοῦ σώματος, ὡς τό θεῖον ἡμᾶς μεγαλοφυῶς ἐμυσταγώγησε Γράμμα, μή συγχωροῦν τήν ψυχήν καί τό σῶμα καθ᾿ ἕνα καί τόν αὐτον τρόπον τῆς γενέσεως ἀλλήλοις συμπεσόντα φυρῆναι κατά τήν φύσιν καί τόν ἑκάστου τῆς οὐσίας λόγον ἀγνοηθῆναι, καί τόν τῆς γενέσεως τρόπον.

Εἰ δέ τῷ Ἀδάμ ἐνηκολούθησεν ἡ διπλῆ τοῦ ἐμφυσήματος δύναμις κατά τήν εἰς τό εἶναι γένεσιν σύνδρομος, τί ἄν τις εἴποι περί τοῦ κατά τήν ἀνθρωπότητα συναμφοτέρου τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, ψυχῆς λέγω καί σώματος; ὅπερ κρᾶμα κατά τό δυνατόν ἐμφέρειαν σώζει πολλήν πρός τόν πρῶτον Ἀδάμ. Ὥσπερ γάρ, ὡς αὐτός φησιν ὁ διδάσκαλος, παρά τῆς ὕλης τό σῶμα λαβών ὁ Θεός, νεοτελοῦς δηλονότι προϋποστάσης, παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ δέ ζωήν ἐνθείς, ὅ δή νοεράν ψυχήν καί εἰκόνα Θεοῦ οἶδεν ὁ λόγος, δημιουργεῖ τόν ἄνθρωπον, τόν αὐτόν τρόπον καί ἐξ ἀχράντου Παρθένου οἱονεί γῆς ἀμιάντου τό σῶμα λαβών, παρ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ δέ ζωήν ἐνθείς, ὅ δή ψυχήν νοεράν καί εἰκόνα Θεοῦ οἶδεν ὁ λόγος, τό ἑαυτοῦ ἀνθρώπινον ἐδημιούργησεν, ἤ ἑαυτόν ἀτρέπτως κατά πρόσληψιν σαρκός νοερῶς τε καί λογικῶς ἐψυχωμένης, δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἑκουσίως ὡς παντοδύναμος δημιουργήσας ἐποίησεν ἄνθρωπον.

English

And the generation of Adam, our forefather, was brought forth mystically, having one account of the soul—both the principle of its being and the manner of its coming to be—and another, clearly, of the body, as the divine Scripture mystagogically taught us in a lofty manner, not permitting the soul and the body, having fallen together in one and the same manner of generation, to be confused with each other according to nature, and the principle of the essence of each to be ignored, and the manner of generation.

But if the double power of the insufflation followed Adam in his generation into being, running together with it, what would one say concerning the composite of the God and our Savior Jesus Christ according to his humanity—I mean soul and body? Which mixture preserves, as far as possible, a great resemblance to the first Adam. For just as, as the teacher himself says, God, taking the body from matter—which had plainly pre-existed as newly formed—and breathing life into it from himself, which the account knows to be a noetic soul and image of God, creates man; in the same manner also, taking the body from the undefiled Virgin as if from undefiled earth, and breathing life into it from himself, which the account knows to be a noetic soul and image of God, he created his own humanity, or rather, by taking on flesh ensouled noetically and rationally, he immutably created himself as man for our sake, voluntarily, as the Almighty, having made him.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:13 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ταύτῃ γοῦν καί τετιμηκέναι, καθάπερ οἶμαι, φησίν ὁ διδάσκαλος τήν Κύριον ἡμῶν καί Θεόν τήν καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς τρισσήν γέννησιν, τουτέστι τούς καθόλου τρόπους τῆς ἡμῶν εἰς τό εἶναι καί τό εὖ εἶναι καί ἀεί εἶναι γενέσεως, τήν μέν ἐκ σωμάτων, μίαν οὖσαν τοῦ συναμφοτέρου κατά τήν ἅμα τῶν μερῶν ἀλλήλοις συνύπαρξιν, ψυχῆς λέγω καί σώματος, εἰς δύο διαιρουμένην, διά τόν ἑτεροῖον τῆς ἑκατέρου γενέσεως τρόπον, δι᾿ ἧς τό εἶναι λαμβάνομεν, τήν δέ ἐκ βαπτίσματος, καθ᾿ ἥν τό εὖ εἶναι πλουσίως ὑποδεχόμεθα, τήν δέ ἐξ ἀναστάσεως, καθ᾿ ἥν πρός τό ἀεί εἶναι διά χάριτος μεταποιούμεθα. Ἀκριβῶς τοίνυν δεῖ τοῖς τοῦ διδασκάλου λόγοις ἐπισκήπτειν διά τούς ἐπηρεαστάς τῶν καλῶν κειμένων. Τῇ γάρ ἐπινοίᾳ μόνῃ διελών τήν ἐκ σωμάτων γέννησιν διά τήν ἀποδοθεῖσαν αἰτίαν, ἅμα τῇ συλλήψει κατά ταυτόν χρονικῆς οὐ ὅλως ῥοπῆς προεπινοουμένης, εἰληφέναι τόν Κύριον τό ζωτικόν πνεῦμα, ἤτοι ἐμφύσημα κατά τό ἀνθρώπινον αὐτοῦ, λέγω δέ τήν νοεράν ψυχήν μετά

English

In this way, then, the teacher says that our Lord and God has honored the threefold generation that pertains to us—that is, the universal modes of our generation into being, into well-being, and into always being. The first is from bodies, which is one [generation] of the composite whole according to the simultaneous coexistence of the parts with one another—I mean of soul and body—yet is divided into two because of the different manner of the generation of each, and through it we receive being. The second is from baptism, through which we richly receive well-being. The third is from resurrection, through which by grace we are transformed into always being. It is necessary, then, to examine the teacher's words carefully because of those who assail the good things that have been set forth. For having divided the generation from bodies by mere conceptual distinction, for the reason that has been given, he says that at the very moment of conception, with no temporal interval whatsoever being conceived beforehand, the Lord received the life-giving spirit—that is, the inbreathing—according to his human nature, I mean the rational soul together with

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:14 · narrative
Source · Greek

τοῦ σώματος τοῦ ἐκ τῆς ἀχράντου Παρθένου, καί οὐ μετά τήν σύλληψιν, ὁ διδάσκαλος διορίζεται.

ΡΘ (109). ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΛΕΓΟΝΤΑΣ ΠΡΟΫΠΑΡΧΕΙΝ ΤΩΝ ΣΩΜΑΤΩΝ ΤΑΣ ΨΥΧΑΣ Πρός τούς λέγοντας προϋπάρχειν τῶν σωμάτων τάς ψυχάς. Τινές μέν γάρ φασιν, ὡς ἤδη προλαβών ἔφην, προϋπάρχειν τῶν σωμάτων τάς ψυχάς, τινές δέ τό ἐναντίον, τῶν ψυχῶν προϋπάρχειν τά σώματα. Ἡμεῖς δέ τήν μέσην ὁδόν ὡς βασιλικήν κατά τούς πατέρας ἡμῶν ὁδεύοντες οὔτε προΰπαρξιν οὔτε μεθύπαρξιν ψυχῆς ἤ σώματος, συνύπαρξιν δέ μᾶλλον φαμεν, τάς ἐφ᾿ ἑκάτερα φυλαττόμενοι ἐγκλίσεις, καί μήτε ἀριστερά μήτε δεξιά, καθώς φησιν ἡ ἁγία Γραφή, παντάπασιν ῥέποντες, φόβον φοβούμενοι οὖ πλέον φοβεῖσθαι οὐδέν ἐστι φοβερώτερον, μήπως προϋπάρχειν λέγοντες τῶν σωμάτων τάς ψυχάς, καί τιμωρίας ἕνεκεν τῶν ψυχῶν ἐφευρέσθαι τά σώματα, διά τήν προγεγενημένην τῶν ἀσωμάτων κακίαν, τῆς τῶν ὁρομένων ἐκπρεποῦς μεγαλουργίας, δι᾿ ἧς ὁ Θεός γινώσκεται σιωπῇ κηρυττόμενος, αἰτίαν εἰκότως εἶναι μόνην ὑποτιθέμεθα τήν κακίαν, ἀνάγκην ἐπάγουσαν τῷ Θεῷ παρά πρόθεσιν ἥν οὐκ εὐδόκησεν οὐσίαν δημιουργῆσαι, ἧς τυχόν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς οὐδέ τόν λόγον ἔχει πρό τῶν αἰώνων μετά τῶν ἄλλων ἀπόκρυφον. Τῶν γάρ παρά πρόθεσιν γινομένων λέγειν τόν Θεόν ἔχειν τούς τῆς οὐσιώσεως λόγους, οὔ μοι δοκεῖ συνετῆς διανοίας εἶναι, καί ὁπωσοῦν εὖ συνῃσθημένης Θεοῦ μεγαλειότητος, τοῦ ἀπαθοῦς καί μόνου ἀληθοῦς, καί μηδέν ἔχοντος καθόλου κατά τούς ἐν αὐτῷ προόντας τῶν ὄντων λόγους πρόσφατον, καί μάλιστα παρά πρόθεσιν.

English

of the body from the immaculate Virgin, and not after conception, the teacher determines.

109. TO THOSE WHO SAY THAT SOULS PRE-EXIST BODIES. To those who say that souls pre-exist bodies. For some say, as I have already stated above, that souls pre-exist bodies, while others say the opposite, that bodies pre-exist souls. But we, walking the middle path as the royal road according to our fathers, say that there is neither pre-existence nor after-existence of soul or body, but rather co-existence, guarding against the inclinations on either side, and leaning neither to the left nor to the right, as the holy Scripture says, fearing a fear than which there is nothing more fearful—lest, in saying that souls pre-exist bodies and that bodies were devised for the punishment of souls because of the prior wickedness of incorporeal beings, we suppose that the cause of the visible creation's surpassing magnificence, through which God is known though proclaimed in silence, is reasonably nothing other than wickedness alone, imposing a necessity upon God contrary to His purpose, so that He created a substance He did not will—a substance whose reason, perhaps, He did not even have from the beginning before the ages, hidden along with the others. For to say that God has the reasons of substantiation for things that come to be contrary to His purpose does not seem to me to belong to an intelligent mind, one that has in any way well perceived the majesty of God, who is impassible and alone true, and who has nothing at all recent according to the reasons of beings that pre-exist in Him, and especially not contrary to His purpose.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:15 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πάντα γάρ αὐτῷ τά ὁπωσοῦν ὄντα ἤ γενησόμενα κατά τήν οὐσίαν προτεθέληταί τε καί προεννενόηται, καί προέγνωσται· ἕκαστον δέ τῶν ὄντων κατά τόν εὔθετον καί ἐπιτήδειον καιρόν οὐσιοῖ καί ὑφίστησι.

Μηδέ γάρ ὅτε τι κατασκευάζοντα τόν Θεόν ὁρῶμεν, τότε καί τῆς περί αὐτό θελήσεως ἦρχθαι ἐννοίας τε καί γνώσεως αὐτόν νομίσωμεν. Ἄπαγε. Πολλῆς γάρ ὄντως ἐστί τοῦτο μεστόν ἀτοπίας, εἰ ὅπερ ὁ Θεός ἐξ ἀρχῆς πρό τῶν αἰώνων μήτε ἐνενόησεν ἤ ἔγνω ἤ ἐθέλησεν εἶναι, νῦν νοήσας τε καί θελήσας καί γνούς, ἤ μεταγνούς εἰπεῖν οἰκειότερον, ὡς καλόν ἐξετέλεσεν· ἵνα μή λέγω ὅτι οὐδέ αὐτήν ὧν τούς λόγους προηγουμένως οὐκ ἔχει, γινώσκει τήν ποιήσιν. Ἀλλά πάντα τῇ βουλήσει τοῦ Θεοῦ προγνωστικῶς κατά τήν ἄπειρον αὐτοῦ δύναμιν ἀεί περιέχεσθαι πιστεύομεν, μηδενός αὐτῷ καθ᾿ οἱανδήποτε τρόπον προσφάτως ἐπινοουμένου, καί τό εἶναι κατά τήν οὐσίαν λαμβάνοντος. Μηδέ γάρ οἴεσθαι δεῖν εὐσεβῶς φρονοῦντας ὑπολαμβάνω τόν Θεόν τά κατά πρόγνωσιν ἀπειροδυνάμως ἐν ἑαυτῷ κατά τούς ἑαυτῶν λόγους προπεριεχόμενα ἕκαστα μανθάνειν διά τῆς εἰς τό εἶναι παραγωγῆς. Ἀλλ᾿ ἡμῖν οἱ αἰῶνές τε καί οἱ χρόνοι κατά τόν προωρισμένον καί τόν εὔθετον ἑκάστου καιρόν σοφῶς ἕκαστα δημιουργούμενα δεικνύουσι, καί εἰς τό εἶναι προβάλλονται, καθά καί περί τοῦ Λευί φησιν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος οὑτωσί διεξιών, Ἔτι γάρ ἐν τῇ ὀσφύϊ τοῦ πατρός ἦν, πρίν εἰς τό εἶναι παρελθεῖν.

English

For all things that in any way exist or will come to be according to essence have been fore-willed and fore-conceived by him, and foreknown; and each of existing things he brings into essence and gives subsistence at the fitting and suitable time.

For neither, when we see God making something, should we think that then he began to have the conception and knowledge of his will concerning it. Far be it. For this is truly full of great absurdity, if what God from the beginning, before the ages, neither conceived nor knew nor willed to exist, now having conceived and willed and known—or, to speak more properly, having changed his mind—he accomplished as good; not to mention that he does not know the making of things whose principles he does not possess beforehand. But we believe that all things are always encompassed by the will of God in a foreknowing manner according to his infinite power, with nothing being newly devised by him in any way whatsoever and receiving existence according to essence. For neither should those who think piously suppose, I think, that God learns each of the things fore-contained in himself according to foreknowledge, in an infinitely powerful way, according to their own principles, through their being brought into existence. But to us the ages and the times wisely show each thing being created according to the predetermined and fitting time of each, and being brought forth into existence, just as the divine Apostle also says concerning Levi, speaking thus: For he was still in the loins of his father, before he came forth into existence.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:16 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὅστις δυνάμει μέν ἐν τῷ πατριάρχῃ Ἀβραάμ ὑπάρχων, κατά δέ τόν τετελεσμένον καιρόν τήν πρός τό εἶναι διά κυήσεως κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν γένεσιν λαβών, εἱρμῷ καί τάξει κατα τήν ἀπόῤῥητον σοφίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τά πάντα τήν πρός τό εἶναι γένεσιν δέχεσθαι νοεῖν ἡμᾶς καί πιστεύειν κατα τόν προγνωσθέντα καιρόν ὑπηγάγετο. Πάντων οὖν τῶν κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὑπαρκτικῶς ὄντων τε καί ἐσομένων, ἤ γενομένων, ἤ γενησομένων ἤ φαινομένων, ἤ φανησομένων, ἐν τῷ Θεῷ προϋπάρχουσι παγίως ὄντες οἱ λόγοι, καθ᾿ οὕς καί εἰσί τά πάντα καί γεγόνασι καί διαμένουσιν ἀεί τοῖς ἑαυτῶν κατά πρόθεσιν λόγοις, διά κινήσεως φυσικῆς ἐγγίζοντα

καί πρός τό εἶναι μᾶλλον συνεχόμενα, κατά τήν ποιάν τε καί ποσήν τῆς προαιρέσεως κίνησίν τε καί ῥοπήν, τό εὖ δι᾿ ἀρετήν καί τήν πρός τόν λόγον καθ᾿ ὅν ἐστιν εὐθυπορίαν, ἤ τό φεῦ εἶναι διά κακίαν καί τήν παρά τόν λόγον καθ᾿ ὅν ἐστι κίνησιν λαμβάνοντα, καί συντόμως εἰπεῖν κατά τήν ἕξιν ἤ τήν στέρησιν τῆς αὐτῶν κατά φύσιν μεθεκτικῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ παντελῶς ἀμεθέκτου κατά φύσιν ὑπάρχοντος, καί πᾶσιν ἁπλῶς ἑαυτόν ἀξίοις τε καί ἀναξίοις ὅλον κατά χάριν δι’ ἄπειρον ἀγαθότητα παρέχοντος, καί τήν τοῦ ἀεί εἶναι καθώς ἕκαστος ὑφ᾿ ἑαυτοῦ διατέθειταί τε καί ἔστι διαμονήν ἐμποιήσοντος. Οἷς ἡ τοῦ κυρίως ὄντος καί εὖ ὄντος καί ἀεί ὄντος ἀνάλογος μέθεξις ἤ ἀμεθεξία, τιμωρίας τῶν μετασχεῖν μή δυναμένων, καί ἀπολαύσεως τῶν μετασχεῖν δυναμένων, ἐπίτασίς ἐστι καί ἐπαύξησις. Οὐδέν γάρ τό παράπαν ἔστι τῶν ὄντων οὗ μή παρά τῷ Θεῷ πάντων ὁ λόγος προένεστιν.

English

He who existed potentially in the patriarch Abraham, but in the fulfilled time received, through conception, his actual coming-into-being in accordance with the fitting order and arrangement of the ineffable wisdom of God, has brought us to understand and believe that all things receive their coming-into-being at the time foreknown. Therefore, of all things that exist or will exist according to essence—whether they have come to be, or will come to be, or appear, or will appear—the logoi pre-exist firmly in God, according to which all things are, have come to be, and always remain in their own logoi according to purpose, drawing near through natural movement and being more closely held to existence, according to the qualitative and quantitative movement and inclination of the will, receiving either the good through virtue and the straight path toward the logos according to which it exists, or the bad through vice and the movement contrary to the logos according to which it exists; and, to speak briefly, according to the possession or privation of their natural capacity to participate in that which by nature is wholly non-participable, and which gives itself wholly by grace to all, worthy and unworthy alike, through its infinite goodness, and which produces the permanence of always being, in the measure that each one disposes himself and is disposed. For these, the analogous participation or non-participation in the truly existent, the well-existent, and the ever-existent is the intensification and increase of punishment for those unable to participate and of enjoyment for those able to participate. For there is absolutely nothing among existing things whose logos has not pre-existed in God.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:17 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὧν δέ παρά τῷ Θεῷ προϋπάρχουσιν ὄντες τῆς οὐσίας οἱ λόγοι, τούτων δηλαδή κατά πρόθεσιν θείαν πάντως ἐστίν ἡ γένεσις. Ὧν δέ κατά πρόθεσιν θείαν ἐστίν ἡ γένεσις, τούτων ἡ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὕπαρξις μένει πρός τό μή ὅν ἀμεταχώρητος. Ὧν δέ πρός τό μή ὄν ἀμεταχώρητος μετά τήν γένεσιν ἀπό τοῦ ὄντος ἡ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ὑφέστηκεν ὕπαρξις, τούτων οἱ λόγοι τυγχάνουσι μόνιμοί τε καί βάσιμοι, μόνην ἔχοντες ἀρχήν τοῦ εἶναι τήν σοφίαν, ἐξ ἧς καί δι᾿ ἥν ὑπάρχουσι, καί ὑφ᾿ ἧς τήν πρός τό εἶναι δύνασθαι παγίως δύναμιν ἔχουσιν. Ὧν δέ οἱ λόγοι μονίμως ὑπάρχουσι παρά τῷ Θεῷ, καί ἡ περί αὐτούς τοῦ πεποιηκότος τά πάντα Θεοῦ πρόθεσίς ἐστιν ἀδιάπτωτος· χρονικοῖς γάρ ἡ τοῦ Θεοῦ πρόθεσις παντάπασιν οὐ περιείληπται πέρασιν, οὔτε μέν τήν ἐκ μεταβολῆς ἀλλοίωσιν ἐπιδέχεται τοῖς ὑποκειμένοις συμμεταπίπτουσα, τούτων ἀναμφηρίστως αἱ ὑπάρξεις σαφῶς εἰσιν ἀδιάφθοροι. Ἤ γάρ οὖν κατά πρόθεσιν θέλων πεποίηκεν ὁ Θεός τά ἀνθρώπινα σώματα, καί μένει δι’ αὐτόν πρός τό μή ὄν ἀμετάπτωτα παντελῶς, ἀεί θέλοντα εἶναι τό σύν λόγῳ καί σοφίᾳ κατά πρόθεσιν θεληθέν, καί οὐκ ἔσται κατ’ αὐτούς ἡ παντελής τῶν σωμάτων πρός τό μή ὄν ἀπογένεσις, ἤ κατά πρόθεσιν οὐ πεποίηκε, καί μή θέλων ἐτυραννήθη, κατά βίαν ἀγόμενος πρός γένεσιν, ὧν τούς λόγους ἔχων οὐ πέφανται. Καί εἰ μέν τυραννηθείς παρά πρόθεσιν ἦλθε ποιῆσαι μή θέλων τά σώματα, λόγος δηλονότι καί σοφία τῆς τούτων γενέσεως οὐδαμῶς καθηγήσατο. Τό γάρ παρά πρόθεσιν θείαν γινόμενον, λόγου καί σοφίας παντελῶς ἐστέρηταί τε καί ἠλλοτρίωται.

English

Of those things whose principles pre-exist with God as the principles of their essence, the coming-into-being is, clearly, entirely according to the divine purpose. And of those whose coming-into-being is according to the divine purpose, their substantial existence remains unchanging toward non-being. And of those whose substantial existence, after coming-into-being, stands unchangeably toward non-being from that which is, their principles are stable and firm, having as the sole origin of their being Wisdom, from which and through which they exist, and by which they possess the power to be firmly. And of those whose principles exist stably with God, the purpose of God who made all things concerning them is also unfailing; for the purpose of God is in no way encompassed by temporal limits, nor does it admit alteration from change, falling together with the things that underlie it; of these, undeniably, the existences are clearly incorruptible. For either God, willing according to purpose, made human bodies, and they remain through him entirely unchangeable toward non-being, always willing to be what was willed according to the divine purpose with reason and wisdom, and there will not be, according to them, a complete passing-away of bodies toward non-being; or he did not make them according to purpose, and being unwilling he was tyrannized, being led by force to the coming-into-being of things whose principles, though he had them, he did not manifest. And if, tyrannized, he came to make the bodies unwillingly, against purpose, then clearly reason and wisdom in no way guided their coming-into-being. For what comes to be against the divine purpose is entirely deprived of and estranged from reason and wisdom.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:18 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό δέ λόγου καί σοφίας παντελῶς ἐστερημένον μόνον ἐστί τό κακόν, οὗ τό εἶναι χαρακτηρίζει ἡ ἀνυπαρξία, οὗτινος ποιητήν τόν Θεόν μήτε ἐννοεῖν ἡμῖν γένοιτο πώποτε, μήτιγε δέ λέγειν ἀναφανδόν, καί πιστεύειν ὀλεθρίως τολμᾷν. Τίς δέ ὁ τυραννήσας τόν Θεόν, εἴπερ τετυράννηται, καί θέμις ὅλως εἰπεῖν ποιῆσαι παρά πρόθεσιν ὅ μή βεβούληται; Καί πῶς ὁ τυραννηθείς ἐστι Θεός, πρός ἀνάγκης ὑφιστῶν παρά πρόθεσιν ἐπ᾿ ἀπωλείᾳ γένεσιν πραγμάτων; Οἱ ταύτην περιέποντες τήν δόξαν λέγειν τολμάτωσαν. Ἤ γάρ ἄν τόν Θεόν ταῦτα πεποιηκέναι φαῖεν, καί τά μέγιστα βλασφημήσαιεν, ἀνάγκην ἐπάγοντες τῷ Θεῷ ποιῆσαί τι παρά πρόθεσιν· ἤ μή πεποιηκέναι, καί ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἄλλην ἀρχήν Μανιχαϊκῶς τήν ταῦτα ποιοῦσαν εἰσάγοντες φωραθήσονται. Πάντως γάρ ἴδιόν ἐστι τῶν δύο ἀρχάς ἀλλήλαις ἀντιπαρεξαγόντων τό τῆς προϋπάρξεως δόγμα. Οὕς χάριτι Θεοῦ τοῦ παντελεήμονος ὁ βαθύς τῆς ἀφανείας ζόφος περιλαβών εἰς τελείαν ἀπήλασε λήθην, τό φέγγος τῆς κηρυττομένης ὑπό τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἡμῶν ἀληθείας οὐ φέροντας. Θαυμάζω δέ πῶς αὐτούς, ἵνα παραλείψω νῦν ὅσα ῥηθῆναι δυνατόν ἐστι, διά τήν συμμετρίαν τοῦ λόγου, τό κατά Χριστόν τόν ἀληθινόν Θεόν ἡμῶν μυστήριον, οὐ δυσωπεῖ ταύτην προθύμως ἑαυτῶν ἐκτινάξασθαι τήν δόξαν. Εἰ γάρ πάντων τῶν θείων μυστηρίων μυστηριωδέστερον τό κατά Χριστόν ὑπάρχει μυστήριον, καί πάσης τῆς κατά πάσαν ἔννοιαν ἐν πᾶσιν ἤ οὔσης ἤ γενησομένης τελειότητος ὁριστικόν, καί

English

Only evil is entirely deprived of reason and wisdom, and its being is characterized by non-existence; never may it enter our minds to conceive of God as its maker, much less to say so openly and to dare to believe it perniciously. And who is he who tyrannized God—if indeed He has been tyrannized—and how is it lawful at all to say that He made, contrary to His purpose, what He did not will? And how is the one tyrannized God, bringing into subsistence under necessity, contrary to His purpose, the coming-into-being of things unto destruction? Let those who foster this opinion dare to say it. For either they would claim that God has made these things, and they would blaspheme in the greatest matters, imposing necessity upon God to make something contrary to His purpose; or they would claim that He has not made them, and they will be caught introducing of necessity another principle that makes these things, in the manner of the Manichaeans. For in every way it is characteristic of those who set two principles against one another to hold the doctrine of pre-existence. Those whom the deep darkness of obscurity, having encompassed them, has driven away into complete forgetfulness by the grace of God the all-merciful, since they cannot bear the light of the truth proclaimed by our holy Fathers. And I marvel how—to pass over now all that could be said, on account of the proportion of the discourse—the mystery according to Christ, our true God, does not persuade them eagerly to shake off from themselves this opinion. For if the mystery according to Christ is more mysterious than all the divine mysteries, and is definitive of all perfection in all things, whether existing or to come, in every conception, and

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:19 · narrative
Source · Greek

παντός ὅρου καί πέρατος ὑπεράνω καθέστηκε, τοῦτο δέ τό μυστήριον μετά τοῦ σαρκωθέντος καί τελείως ἐνανθρωπήσαντος Θεοῦ Λόγου εἶναί τε καί ὑπάρχειν διδάσκει τό σῶμα τό ἐξ ἡμῶν ληφθέν καί ὁμοούσιον ἡνωμένον αὐτῷ καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν, μεθ᾿ οὗ καί ἀνελήφθη εἰς οὐρανούς, ὑπεράνω πάσης ἀρχῆς καί ἐξουσίας καί δυνάμεως καί κυριότητος καί παντός ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλά καί ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι, καί τῷ Θεῷ καί Πατρί νῦν τε καί εἰς τούς ἀπείρους αἰῶνας συγκαθέζεται, πάντας διεληλυθώς τούς οὐρανούς, καί ὑπεράνων πάντων γενόμενος, καί πάλιν ἐλεύσεται ἐπί μεταποιήσει τε καί μεταστοιχειώσει τοῦ παντός καί σωτηρίᾳ τῶν ἡμετέρων ψυχῶν τε καί σωμάτων, καθώς ἐπιστεύσαμέν τε καί πιστεύομεν καί εἰς ἀεί πιστεύοντες διαμένοιμεν, τίς οὕτως τολμηρός ἐστι καί αὐθάδης, καί πρός τά δῆλά τε καί προφανῆ μάχεσθαι μόνον εἰδώς προπετῶς, ὥστε κἄν ψιλῶς ἐνθυμηθῆναι πάροδον τήν εἰς τό μή ὄν ἕξειν ποτέ τά σώματα, κατά τήν εἰς τό τέλειον, ὡς ἐκεῖνοί φασι, τῶν λογικῶν προκοπήν, τόν Κύριον αὐτόν καί Θεόν τῶν ὅλων πιστεύων μετά σώματος εἶναι νῦν τε καί εἰς ἀεί, τόν καί τοῖς ἄλλοις τήν τοῦ προκόπτειν δύνασθαι παρεχόμενον δύναμιν, καί πάντας πρός τήν οἰκείαν δόξαν, ὡς ἐφικτόν τῇ δυνάμει τῆς ἐνανθρωπήσεως, ἐνάγοντά τε καί προσκαλούμενον ὡς ἀρχηγόν τῆς πάντων σωτηρίας, καί τάς ἐν ὅλοις ἀνακαθαίροντα κηλῖδας;

English

It is established above every boundary and limit, and this mystery teaches that the body taken from us and united to Him in essence by hypostasis belongs to and exists with the incarnate and perfectly humanized God the Word, with whom He was also taken up into the heavens, above every principality and authority and power and dominion and every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the age to come, and He sits together with God the Father now and unto endless ages, having passed through all the heavens and become above all things, and He will come again for the transformation and transfiguration of the whole and for the salvation of our souls and bodies, as we have believed and do believe and would remain believing forever—who then is so bold and presumptuous, and skilled only in recklessly fighting against things clear and manifest, as even to think idly that bodies will ever have a passage into non-being, according to that progress of rational beings toward the perfect, as they say, while believing that the Lord Himself and God of all is now and forever with a body, He who also grants to others the power to make progress, and leads and calls all to their own glory, as far as is attainable by the power of the incarnation, as the author of the salvation of all, and cleanses the stains in all things?

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:20 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνων ὡς τύπων τῆς αὐτοῦ τελειότητος, εἴπερ ὅλως τοῦτο κἄν ἐννοῆσαι τολμήσαιεν, ἀγόμενον πρός ἀπόθεσιν τοῦ σώματος. Οὐ γάρ ἕπεται πρός τελείωσιν ἄλλοις, οὔτε διά προκοπῆς ἐνθεωρούμενον ἔχει τό τέλειον, ὁ μόνος κατά φύσιν τελειότατος καί πάσης ποιητής τελειότητος, οὔτε σύν ἄλλοις ἀναμένει τό τέλειον δέξασθαι, κατ᾿ οὐδέν οὐδενί τῶν ὄντων τό σύνολον εἰς τό δεῖσθαι προκοπῆς ὑπάρχων ὅμοιος, ἵνα καί αὐτός τότε τοῦ σώματος τήν φύσιν ἀπόθηται, ὅτε τοῖς λοιποῖς ἡ ἐπ᾿ ἄκρον προκοπή τήν τοῦ σώματος ἀπόθεσιν γενέσθαι παρασκευάζει. Ἐπεί οὐκ ἔτι ἀρχηγός τῶν σωζομένων ἐστί καί Σωτήρ, ὡς τό καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς τέλος τῆς τελειότητος μυστικῶς ἐφ᾿ ἅπαξ ἐν ἑαυτῷ μή παραδείξας, ἀλλ᾿ εἷς τῶν σωζομένων καί ἀρχομένων καί δεομένων ἄλλου τοῦ δεικνύοντος ἐν ἑαυτῷ τήν ἐφ᾿ ἥν πάντες οἱ λόγου φυσικῶς μετειληφότες ἐπείγονται τελειότητα καί αὐτός ὑπάρχων ἀναφανήσεται.

Οὐχ οὕτω δέ τοῦτ᾿ ἔχει. Πόθεν; Οὐδέ τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ λόγος τῶν ταῦτα λεγόντων ἀνέχεται.

English

But not being led by those as types of his perfection—if indeed they would dare to conceive this at all—toward the putting off of the body. For he does not follow others toward perfection, nor does he possess the perfect as something contemplated through progress—he who alone is by nature most perfect and the maker of all perfection—nor does he wait to receive the perfect together with others, being in no way at all similar to any of existing things in needing progress, so that he too would then put off the nature of the body, when for the rest progress to the utmost prepares the putting off of the body to take place. Since he is no longer the author of those being saved and Savior, if he did not mystically show in himself once for all the end of perfection that corresponds to us, but he will appear as one of those being saved and being ruled and needing another who shows in himself the perfection toward which all who have naturally partaken of reason press on, and himself being that perfection.

But this is not so. From where? Nor does the account of the truth tolerate those who say these things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:21 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀρχηγόν γάρ καί τελειωτήν τῆς ἡμῶν σωτηρίας αὐτόν φησιν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, ὡς σαρκωθέντα δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἵνα τήν ἡμῶν ἁμαρτίαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ δαπανήσῃ, καί τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἀγωγῆς ἑαυτόν πᾶσιν δῷ τύπον καί πρόγραμμα τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς αὐτόν, ὡς διδάσκαλος ἀγαθός τε καί σοφός, τά ῥητέα καί τά πρακτέα πρός ὑποτύπωσιν ἡμῶν δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ πρότερον ἐκτελοῦντα, ἀποθανόντα καί ἀναστάντα καί ἀναληφθέντα εἰς οὐρανούς, καί καθεσθέντα μετά τοῦ σώματος ἐκ δεξιῶν τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Πατρός, ἵνα καί ἡμεῖς ἀποθνήσκοντες βεβαίως ἐλπίζωμεν ἀναστῆναι, καί ζωήν ζῆσαι παντός θανάτου καί πάσης φθορᾶς παντελῶς κεχωρισμένην, καί ἀναληφθῆναι εἰς οὐρανούς, καί τήν ἐν τῷ Θεῷ καί Πατρί διά τοῦ Υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ μεσιτεύοντος τιμήν τε καί δόξαν λήψεσθαι, καί τήν σύν αὐτῷ μακαρίαν καί αἰώνιον μονήν, σώματος δέ καθ’ ὁτιοῦν ἀπόθεσιν μή ἐκδέχεσθαι, ὅτι μηδέ τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς ὁ λόγος ἡμᾶς τοῦτο διδάσκει. Μήτε μήν ἐν τῷ ἀρχηγῷ τῆς σωτηρίας ἡμῶν τεθεάμεθα τοῦτο προγεγενημένον. Εἰ γάρ φίλον ἦν αὐτῷ καί τοῦτο γενέσθαι, πρῶτος ἄν αὐτός ἐν ἑαυτῷ προενήργει καί τοῦτο μετά τῶν λοιπῶν, οἷς ἑαυτόν δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ὡς φιλάνθρωπος ὑποθείς καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐτελείωσεν, εἰς τό ἡμᾶς μετά τῶν ἄλλων εἰς τοῦτο πιστεύοντας ἐλπίζειν.

English

For the divine Apostle calls him the author and perfecter of our salvation, as having become flesh for our sake so that he might consume our sin in himself, and as giving himself as a type and pattern of the conduct according to virtue to all who believe in him, as a good and wise teacher, first accomplishing through himself both the things to be said and the things to be done for our instruction—having died and risen and been taken up into the heavens, and having sat down with the body at the right hand of God and the Father—so that we too, when we die, may firmly hope to rise again, and to live a life wholly separated from all death and all corruption, and to be taken up into the heavens, and to receive the honor and glory in God and the Father, with his Son mediating, and the blessed and eternal abode with him; but we are not to expect the putting off of the body in any respect, since not even the word of the holy Scripture teaches us this. Nor indeed have we observed this having happened beforehand in the author of our salvation. For if this too had been dear to him, he himself would first have worked it out in himself, and this along with the rest, which, having set himself before us for our sake as a lover of humanity, he perfected in accordance with us, so that we, believing this along with the others, might hope for it.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:22 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πῶς δέ, εἴπερ ἀνασχοίμεθα τοῦτο λεγόντων αὐτῶν, κατά τόν ἅγιον τοῦτον διδάσκαλον, πιστεύσομεν ὅτι τό ἑνωθέν τῷ Θεῷ καί σώζεται; " Ὅ γάρ, φησί πρός Κληδόνιον γράφων, ἥνωται τῷ Θεῷ, τοῦτο καί σώζεται». Ἡνώθη δέ τῷ Θεῷ Λόγῳ μετά τῆς ψυχῆς καί τό σῶμα. Ἅρα μετά τῆς ψυχῆς καί τό σῶμα σωθήσεται. Καί πάλιν, εἰ διά τοῦτο σαρκοῦται, κατά τόν θεόφρονα τοῦτον διδάσκαλον, ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, ἵνα καί τήν εἰκόνα σώσῃ καί τήν σάρκα ἀθανατίσῃ, πῶς τό σωζόμενον ἀπολεῖται, καί θνήξεται πάλιν τό ἀθανατιζόμενον, μᾶλλον δέ κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν, θεωθέν ὅλον διά μέσης τῆς νοερᾶς ψυχῆς θεότητι μεσιτευούσης καί σώματι, παροῦσαν ὅλην ἀῤῥήτως οὐσιωδῶς τήν τοῦ σαρκωθέντος ὑπόστασιν Θεοῦ Λόγου δεξάμενον, καί ἴδιον αὐτό σῶμα ποιησαμένου τε καί ἀποφήναντος, οὐκ ἔχω συνιδεῖν. Τίνος δέ χάριν, εἴπερ τῷ μυστηρίῶ τῆς ἐκκλησιαστικῆς πίστεως καί τοῦτο περιέχεται τό δόγμα, μή τοῖς ἄλλοις συμπεριελήφθη ἐν τῷ συμβόλῳ τῆς κατά τήν ἀμώμητον πίστιν τῶν Χριστιανῶν ἐκθέσεως ὑπό τῶν ἁγίων καί μακαρίων Πατέρων ἡμῶν, τῶν συναθροισθέντων κατά καιρούς ἐπί βεβαιώσει τῶν θείων τῆς ἁγίας τοῦ Θεοῦ καί ἀποστολικῆς Ἐκκλησίας δογμάτων, λέγειν τοῖς σοφοῖς καταλείψωμεν. Ἀλλ᾿ ἀρχεῖν οἶμαι πρός τό παρόν παρεκβατικῶς ταῦτα ῥηθῆναι πρός τούτους. Πρός δέ τούς ἄλλους τρεψώμεθα.

English

But how, if we were to tolerate them saying this, according to this holy teacher, shall we believe that what has been united to God is also saved? "For," he says, writing to Cledonius, "what has been united to God, this is also saved." But the body was united to God the Word together with the soul. Therefore the body too will be saved together with the soul. And again, if for this reason the Word of God becomes flesh, according to this God-minded teacher, in order that he may both save the image and make the flesh immortal, how shall what is being saved be destroyed, and what is being made immortal die again—or rather, to speak more properly, how shall that which has been wholly deified, through the mediating of the intelligent soul and the body, having received the whole presence of the hypostasis of the incarnate God the Word in an ineffable and substantial manner, and having been made and declared his own body—how this shall be, I cannot comprehend. But for what reason, if indeed this doctrine too is contained in the mystery of the Church's faith, it was not included with the others in the symbol of the exposition of the blameless faith of the Christians by our holy and blessed Fathers, who were assembled at various times for the confirmation of the divine doctrines of the holy and apostolic Church of God—let us leave it to the wise to say. But I think it is sufficient for the present that these things have been said by way of digression against these men. Let us turn to the others.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:23 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΙ (110). ΠΡΟΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΛΕΓΟΝΤΑΣ ΤΩΝ ΨΥΧΩΝ ΠΡΟΫΠΑΡΧΕΙΝ ΤΑ ΣΩΜΑΤΑ Πρός τούς λέγοντας τῶν ψυχῶν προϋπάρχειν τά σώματα. Τό μεθυπάρχειν τῶν σωμάτων τάς ψυχάς, ὧ οὗτοι, λέγειν εὔκολον καί τοῦ βουλομένου παντός, τό δέ λόγῳ συστήσασθαι τό λεγόμενον πάνυ δύσκολον καί ἐργῶδες, καί οὔποτε ῥᾴστην ἔχον τῆς σπουδῆς τήν ἀπόδειξιν. Εἰ γάρ τό καταβαλλόμενον καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς εἰς πρόφασιν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης γενέσεως παντάπασίν ἐστιν ἄψυχον, καί ζωτικῆς δηλονότι δυνάμεως πάντη καθέστηκεν ἄμοιρον. Τό γάρ ψυχῆς παντελῶς τῆς οἱασοῦν ἐστερημένον καί πάσης ζωτικῆς ἐνεργείας ἐστίν ἔρημον. Εἰ δέ ψυχῆς καί τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτήν ζωτικῆς δυνάμεώς τε καί ἐνεργείας παντελῶς καθέστηκεν ἄμοιρον, δηλονότι νεκρόν τυγχάνει· εἰ δέ νεκρόν αὐτό ὑποτιθέμεθα εἶναι, οὔτε τρέφεται οὔτε αὔξεται, οὐδ᾿ ὅλως ὑποστῆσαι δυνήσεται, καί μεῖναι παντελῶς ἀσκέδαστόν τε καί ἀδιάχυτον. Τεκμηριοῖ δέ τό λεχθέν ὁ ἐν τοῖς σώμασι τῶν ἑλκῶν ἀκεσμός. Ἡνίκα γάρ ἐφάπτονται τούτων ἰατρῶν παῖδες, εἰ εὕροιεν ἐπιπολάζον σῶμα νεκρόν, τοῖς κατεσθίουσι τοῦτο φαρμάκοις προαναλώσαντες, οὕτω τά πρός ἀνάδοσιν τοῦ κοιλανθέντος ἐκ τῆς ὠτειλῆς σώματος ἐπιβάλλουσιν εἰς ἀναπλήρωσιν, ὡς τοῦ ζῶντος δηλαδή σώματος φύσιν ἔχοντος ἀναπεμπάζουσαν καί δύναμιν τῆς οἰκείας ἕξεως συστατικήν τε καί ἐπανακλητικήν, τοῦ δέ νεκροῦ τοῦτο μηδαμῶς ἐνεργοῦντος, ἅπαξ νενεκρωμένου καί παντελῶς ζωτικῆς ἐστερημένου δυνάμεως, καί διά τοῦτο ἀνενεργήτου τυγχάνοντος.

English

RI (110). AGAINST THOSE WHO SAY THAT SOULS EXIST BEFORE BODIES. To those who say that souls exist before bodies. To say that souls exist after bodies, O you there, is easy and belongs to anyone who wishes it, but to establish the claim by argument is altogether difficult and laborious, and never has the easiest demonstration of the effort. For if the seed cast down, according to you, as the occasion of human generation is entirely soulless, it is clearly altogether without vital power. For what is completely deprived of any soul whatsoever is also destitute of every vital activity. But if it is entirely without soul and without the vital power and activity that belongs to it, it is clearly dead; and if we suppose it to be dead, it is neither nourished nor grows, nor will it be able to subsist at all, and to remain entirely undispersed and undiffused. The healing of wounds in bodies attests to what has been said. For when physicians' sons touch these, if they find a dead body lying on the surface, having first consumed it with corrosive drugs, they then apply what is for the restoration of the body that has been hollowed out from the scar, for its replenishment, since obviously the living body has a nature that recovers and a power that both consolidates and recalls its own state, while the dead body does nothing of this, once it has been deadened and completely deprived of vital power, and for this reason is inactive.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:24 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πῶς δέ καί στήσεται τό φύσει σκεδαστόν τε καί εὐδιάλυτον, μή οἱονεί θεμελίου τρόπον κατ᾿ ἐπίνοιαν προϋποκειμένης τινός ζωτικῆς δυνάμεως, περί ἑαυτήν φυσικῶς συγκρινούσης τε καί διασφιγγούσης τό σκεδαννύμενον, ἐν ᾗ τό εἶναί τε καί εἰδοποιεῖσθαι παρά τῆς τά ὅλα σοφῶς τεχνιτευούσης δυνάμεως ἔχειν ἔλαχεν; Ἐν ᾧ γάρ ἄν πράγματι μετά τό τεχθῆναι περίεστιν ἀληθῶς τό εἶναι τῷ σώματι, ἐν ἐκείνῳ πάντως δικαίως ἄν λέγοιτο ἔχειν καί τήν ἀρχήν τῆς ὑπάρξεως. Οὗτινος γάρ τῷ χωρισμῷ διαλύεσθαι πέφυκε τό σῶμα, τούτου δηλαδή τῇ ὑπάρξει κατά τήν γένεσιν εὐλόγως ἄν πάντως καί συνυφέστηκεν. Εἰ δέ τούτοις στενοχωρούμενοι τοῖς λογισμοῖς, ὧ οὗτοι, φατέ μή νεκρόν εἶναι παντάπασι τό καταβαλλόμενον εἰς πρόφασιν τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης συστάσεως, ζωτικῆς δέ

τινος κἄν ποσῶς μετέχειν δυνάμεως, ὡς ψυχήν ἔχον δηλονότι τῆς τοιαύτης μεθέξει δυνάμεως (χωρίς γάρ ψυχῆς εἶδος ζωῆς οὐκ ἄν εἴη πώποτε καθάπαξ ἐν τοῖς ὑπό φύσιν ἀναγομένοις καί τῆς οὐρανίου δῆλον ἀεικινήτου περιφορᾶς ἐντός διειλημμένοις, ἀεί δέ ζωῆς εἶδος ἄνευ ψυχῆς τό παράπαν οὐκ ἔστι κατά τήν λογικήν ἀκολουθίαν), οἷον δ᾿ ἄν ὑποτίθεσθε ζωῆς εἶδος τό καταβαλλόμενον ἔχειν κατά τήν σύλληψην, ψυχῆς τινος μόνον ἰδιότητα ἐνεφήνατε, συστατικήν μέν τῆς ἐν ᾗπέρ ἐστιν οὐσίας ἀφοριστικήν δέ τῶν μή τοιούτων διαφοράν. Εἰ δέ καί ψυχήν ἔχειν τό ἔμβρυον βίας πρός τό δέον ὑπό τῆς ἀληθείας ὠθούμενοι λέγετε, τίνα τε καί ὁποίαν ταύτην, καί πῶς θεωρουμένην ἤ λεγομένην, ὑμᾶς λέγειν ἐστίν ἀκόλουθόν τε καί πρόσφορον.

English

And how will that which is by nature both dispersible and easily dissolved stand, unless, as it were in the manner of a foundation, some vital power be conceived beforehand as underlying it, which by nature both compacts and holds together the dispersing, in which power it has received both its being and its being formed from the power that wisely crafts all things? For in whatever thing the body truly has its being after it has been begotten, in that thing it would surely and justly be said to have the beginning of its existence as well. For that by whose separation the body is naturally dissolved, by that thing's existence in generation it would surely and reasonably have also been constituted together. But if, being constrained by these reasonings, O you there, you say that what is cast down as the basis of the human constitution is not entirely dead, but partakes in some vital power, even if only to some degree, as obviously having a soul through participation in such power (for apart from a soul there would never at any time be a form of life at all among things brought under nature and clearly included within the ever-moving heavenly circuit, and always a form of life without a soul is altogether impossible according to logical sequence), then whatever form of life you suppose what is cast down at conception to have, you have manifested the property of a certain soul only, a difference that is constitutive of the substance in which it is and separative from those that are not such. But if, driven by the truth against your will toward what is right, you say that the embryo also has a soul, it is fitting and appropriate for you to say what this soul is and of what sort, and how it is contemplated or spoken of.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:25 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί εἰ μέν μόνην τήν θρεπτικήν τε καί αὐξητικήν ἔχειν αὐτό διαβεβαιοῦσθαι ψυχήν, φυτοῦ τινος δηλονότι καί οὐκ ἀνθρώπου τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ καθ’ ὑμᾶς τό τρεφόμενον καί αὐξόμενον ἔσται σῶμα. Καί πῶς τοῦ φυτοῦ πατήρ ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἔσται σινιδεῖν οὐκ ἔχω, πολλά σκοπῶν, ἐξ ἀνθρώπου παντελῶς τό εἶναι κατά φύσιν ἔχοντος.

Εἰ δέ τήν αἰσθητικήν μόνην τῷ ἐμβρύῳ προσνέμετε ψυχήν, ἵππου πάντως ἤ βοός ἤ ἑτέρου τινός τῶν χερσαίων ἤ ἐναερίων ζώων ψυχήν ἔχων δειχθήσεται κατά τόν σύλληψιν τό ἔμβρυον, καί πατήρ οὐκ ἔσται κατά φύσιν ἀνθρώπου καθ᾿ ὑμᾶς ὁ ἄνθρωπος, κατά τήν πρώτην σύστασιν· ἀλλά φυτοῦ τινος, καθώς ἔφην, ἤ ζώου τῶν ἐπί γῆς. Οὗ τί γένοιτ᾿ ἄν ἀτοπώτερον ἤ φρενοβλαβέστερον; Τό γάρ μή συνυπάρχειν διαβεβαιοῦσθαι τῇ πρώτῃ συστάσει τῶν ὄντων κατά τήν ἑκάστου φυσικήν διαφοράν ἀπαραλείπτως τούς οἰκείους τῆς ὑπάρξεως ὁρισμούς, φύρειν ἐστίν εἰς ἄλληλα τά πάντα, καί μηδέν εἶναι κυρίως τῶν ὄντων ὅπερ ἐστί τε καί λέγεται διισχυρίζεσθαι. Καί τό δή μεῖζον κακόν, διαβολήν τῆς θείας σοφίας τε καί δυνάμεως ἀρίδηλον ἔχον μεγίστην πάντως δειχθήσεται. Εἰ γάρ πάντα τά ὁπωσοῦν ὄντα πρό γενέσεως αὐτῶν κατά τήν πρόγνωσιν τοῦ Θεοῦ τῷ οἰκείῳ λόγῳ τό τέλειον ἔχει, δηλονότι καί ἅμα τῷ εἶναι κατά τόν ἴδιον λόγον πρός γένεσιν παραγόμενα ἀπαραλείπτως αὐτῇ τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ τό τέλειον ἕξει.

English

And if you maintain that it has only the nutritive and augmentative soul, then by this account of yours the body that is nourished and grows will plainly be that of a plant and not of a man. And how a man will be the father of a plant, I cannot see, though I consider it much, since a man by nature has his being wholly from a man.

But if you assign to the embryo only the sensitive soul, then the embryo will certainly be shown to have the soul of a horse or an ox or some other of the land or air animals at conception, and the man will not by nature be the father of a man according to your view, at the first constitution, but of a plant, as I said, or of one of the animals on the earth. What could be more absurd or more insane than this? For to maintain that the proper definitions of existence do not coexist without omission with the first constitution of beings according to each one's natural difference is to confound all things with one another, and to insist that nothing of beings is properly what it is and is called. And the greater evil, it will certainly be shown to contain the most manifest slander of the divine wisdom and power. For if all things that in any way exist have their perfection in their own principle before their generation according to God's foreknowledge, then clearly, when they are brought to generation according to their own principle, they will also without omission have their perfection in that very activity.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:26 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ δέ τό μέν τέλειον κατά τήν πρόγνωσιν ἔχει τά ὄντα, κατά δέ τήν εἰς τό εἶναι παραγωγήν τε καί γένεσιν τό ἀτελές, ἤ οὐκ αὐτά ἐκεῖνα ἔσται τά προγνωσθέντα, ἀλλ᾿ καθ᾿ ἑτέρων ἕτερα, ἤ τοῦ δημιουργοῦ πρόδηλος ἀσθένεια τοῦτο ἄν εἴη καί σαφής, μή δυνηθέντος κατά τήν πρόγνωσιν τό προγνωσθέν ἀθρόως ἅμα τῇ γενέσει κατά τήν ἐνέργειαν ὡς εἶναι πέφυκε κατά τήν οὐσίαν, παραστῆσαι πληρέστερον. Εἰ δέ τούτους ὑφορώμενοι τούς ἐλέγχους ἐπ᾿ ἐκεῖνο καταφύγοιτε τελευταῖον, φάσκοντες μή δίκαιον εἶναι τό κατ᾿ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ καί θεῖον (οὕτω τήν νοεράν καλοῦντες ψυχήν) ῥεύσει καί ἡδονῇ ῥυπαρᾷ συνυπάρχειν, μετά δέ τάς τεσσαράκοντα τῆς συλλήψεως ἡμέρας ἐπεισκρίνεσθαι λέγειν εὐσχημονέστερον οἴεσθαι δεῖν, τόν τῆς φύσεως δημιουργόν σαφῶς αἰτιώμενοι φανήσεσθε, καί τόν ἐντεῦθεν τῆς βλασφημίας ἀναφαινόμενον εἰκότως ὑπέχοντες φοβερόν δειχθήσεσθε κίνδυνον. Εἰ γάρ κακός ὁ γάμος, δηλονότι καί ὁ κατά φύσιν τῆς γενέσεως ὁ νόμος· εἰ δέ κακός ὁ τοιοῦτος τῆς κατά φύσιν γενέσεως νόμος, ὁ τήν φύσιν δηλονότι πεποιηκώς, καί δούς αὐτῇ νόμον γενέσεως, δικαίως ἄν καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς αἰτιαθήσεται. Καί τί τούς ἀπό Μάνεντος καί τούς πρό αὐτοῦ αἱρετικούς, ταύτης ἕνεκα τρόπον τινά καί μόνης τῆς αἰτίας, δύο ἀρχάς ὑποστησαμένους, καί τόν ἐπί πάντων Θεόν ἀρνησαμένους, ἀποστρεφόμεθα, τό αὐτό λέγοντας, εἰ καί μή διά τῶν αὐτῶν, καί ὑμᾶς εὑρηκότες;

English

But if existing things possess perfection in respect of foreknowledge, yet in respect of their being brought forth into existence and their generation possess imperfection, then either those very things that were foreknown will not be, but different things in place of different things, or this would be the manifest and clear weakness of the Creator, who was unable, in accordance with His foreknowledge, to bring the foreknown thing to full realization at once, together with its generation, in actuality as it naturally is in essence. But if, shrinking from these refutations, you take refuge at last in that claim, saying that it is not just for what is according to the image of God and divine (thus you call the rational soul) to coexist with flux and filthy pleasure, and that it is more seemly to say that it is implanted after the forty days of conception, you will plainly be found accusing the Creator of nature, and you will reasonably be shown to incur the fearful danger of the blasphemy that arises from this. For if marriage is evil, then clearly also the natural law of generation is evil; and if such a law of natural generation is evil, then clearly the one who made nature and gave it the law of generation will justly be blamed, as you would have it. And why do we turn away from the followers of Manes and the heretics before him, who, for this cause—in a manner of speaking, this one cause alone—posited two principles and denied the God over all, if we have found you saying the same things, even if not through the same words?

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:27 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ δέ ταύτης ἕνεκα τῆς αἰτίας συνυπάρχειν τῷ σώματι κατά τήν σύλληψιν τήν λογικήν τε καί νοεράν ψυχήν λέγειν δι᾿ αἰσχύνης εὐλάβειαν παραιτεῖσθε μηδέ μετά τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας, μήτε μετά τόν ἐννεαμηνιαῖον τῆς κυοφορίας χρόνον, μήτε μήν μετά τόν τόκον, πρό τῶν μ´ ἡμερῶν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ φάναι τολμήσετε τό γεννηθέν ἔχειν τήν λογικήν τε καί

νοεράν ψυχήν. Οὐ γάρ προσιτόν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ τέως ἐστί τό τεχθέν, ὡς ἀκάθαρτον τῷ νόμῳ διοριζόμενον. Ὡς λοιπόν μέχρι τῆς τῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ καθαρισμοῦ συμπληρώσεως μή ἔχειν τό τικτόμενον τήν λογικήν τε καί νοεράν ψυχήν κατά τόν εἰκότα λόγον ὑπονοεῖν, ἀλλά τινος, ὡς ἔφην μικρῷ πρόσθεν, φυτοῦ ἤ ζώου ἀλόγου τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι διειλημμένων. Εἰ δέ πρόφασις ὑμῖν τοῦ τοιούτου λόγου καθέστηκε τό γεγραφέναι τόν μέγαν Μωϋσῆν, δίκας μή ἀπαιτεῖσθαι τόν πλήξαντα τήν κυοφοροῦσαν γυναῖκα, πρό τεσσαράκοντα ἡμερῶν εἰ συμβαίη διά τῆς πληγῆς αὐτήν παρά τόν καιρόν ἀποθέσθαι τό ἔμβρυον, ἰστέον ὡς οὐ τήν εἰς τό σῶμα τότε τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς γινομένην εἴσοδον ἐμφαίνων ὁ σοφός Μωϋσῆς, ἀλλά τόν τέλειον τοῦ καταβληθέντος ἐξεικονισμόν ἀπαρτίζεσαι τότε δηλῶν, τέως κατά τόν πρόχειρον νοῦν τοῦτο γέγραφε.

English

But if, for the sake of this cause, you decline through a sense of shame to say that the rational and intellectual soul coexists with the body at conception, and you will not dare to say that what has been begotten has the rational and intellectual soul either after forty days, or after the nine-month period of gestation, or indeed after birth, before the forty days of purification. For what has been born is not yet accessible to the temple of God, being reckoned unclean by the law. So then, up to the completion of the days of purification, one must reasonably suspect that what is born does not have the rational and intellectual soul, but is something, as I said a little before, of a plant or an irrational animal among the things distinguished in existence. But if the pretext for such a statement has been established for you by the fact that the great Moses wrote that no penalty is exacted from the one who struck a pregnant woman, if it should happen that through the blow she miscarries the embryo before its time, before forty days, it should be known that the wise Moses was not indicating the entrance of the rational soul into the body at that time, but declaring that the perfect formation of what was cast forth is then completed, having written this for the time being according to the superficial sense.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:28 · narrative
Source · Greek

Προσεπιτούτοις δέ πᾶσι, δέδοικα τόν τοιοῦτον προσδέξασθαι λόγον, μήπως ἡ τοῦ λόγου καθ᾿ εἱρμόν προβαίνουσα τάξις φοβερῶν ποιήσῃ με δικαίως ἐγκλημάτων ὑπεύθυνον, ὅπερ μή θέμις εἰπεῖν ὅσον ἐκ τῆς ἀκολουθίας τοῦ λόγου με βιαζομένη τόν Κύριον ἡμῶν καί Θεόν λέγειν, εἴπερ ἀληθῶς καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς γενέσθαι κατηξίωσεως ἄνθρωπος χωρίς ἁμαρτίας, κατά τήν σύλληψιν ἄψυχον καί ἄνουν ἄνθρωπον γεγονέναι, καί τάς τεσσαράκοντα ἡμέρας οὕτως ἔχοντα μεμενηκέναι, τῶν ἁγίων Πατέρων ἡμῶν καί διδασκάλων διαῤῥήδην βοώντων, μᾶλλον δέ τῆς δι’ αὐτῶν λαλούσης τε καί λαλουμένης ἀληθείας, ἅμα τῇ καθόδῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου κατά τήν σύλληψιν ἀχρόνως διά μέσης ψυχῆς λογικῆς ἑνωθῆναι σαρκί τόν Κύριον αὐτόν καί Θεόν Λόγον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ διά μέσης σαρκός ἀψύχου λογικήν ψυχήν προσδέξασθαι προσγινομένην, καί οὐκ ἄψυχον σῶμα παντελῶς ἤ ἄνουν ψυχήν καί ἄλογον ἐνειληφέναι, ἀλλά τελείαν ἀνελλιπῶς τήν φύσιν τήν ἐκ ψυχῆς λογικῆς ἅμα καί σώματος συνισταμένην ἑαυτῷ καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν ἀῤῥήτως ἑνῶσαι.

English

In addition to all these things, I fear to accept such an argument, lest the order of the argument proceeding in sequence make me justly liable to fearful charges—something it is not lawful to say—insofar as the consequence of the argument compels me to say that our Lord and God, if He truly deigned to become man like us without sin, became at conception a man without a soul and without a mind, and remained so for the forty days—while our holy Fathers and teachers cry out clearly, or rather the truth that speaks and is spoken through them, that at the very descent of God the Word at conception, the Lord Himself and God the Word was united timelessly to flesh through a rational soul, and not that He received a rational soul coming into being through soulless flesh, and that He did not take on a completely soulless body or a mindless and irrational soul, but that He ineffably united to Himself in hypostasis the perfect nature consisting without deficiency of a rational soul together with a body.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:29 · narrative
Source · Greek

Διό μάλιστα περιέχομαι τοῦ τῆς συνυπάρξεως λόγου, τούς ἐφ᾿ ἑκάτερα δι᾿ ἐναντίας ὄντας ἀλλήλοις τε καί τῇ μεσότητι προσφυῶς ἀποπεμπόμενος, αὐτόν τόν τῆς φύσεως ποιητήν ἔχων τῷ καθ᾿ ἑαυτόν μυστηρίῳ τῆς ἐνσωματώσεως τοῦ τοιούτου λόγου συνήγορόν τε καί διδάσκαλον ἀπαραλόγιστον, τόν γενόμενον ἀληθῶς ἄνθρωπον, καί τήν φύσιν τελείως ἔχουσαν ἅμα τῷ εἶναι κατά τήν γένεσιν ὑφίστασθαι δι᾿ ἑαυτοῦ βεβαιωσάμενον, καί μόνην καινοτομήσαντα τήν καινοτομίαν τῆς φύσεως λέγω δή τήν διά σπορᾶς σύλληψιν καί τήν διά φθορᾶς γέννησιν, ἅσπερ ἡ φύσις μετά τήν παράβασιν ἐπεσπάσατο, τῆς θείας ἀποπεσοῦσα καί πνευματικῆς εἰς πλῆθος αὐξήσεως, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τόν λόγον τῆς φύσεως καθ᾿ ὅν ἔστι τε καί γίνεσθαι πέφυκεν ἅμα τῷ εἶναι ἐκ ψυχῆς λογικῆς ὑφισταμένη καί σώματος. ΡΙΑ (111). ΠΕΡΙ ΤΟΥ ΠΩΣ ΚΑΙΝΟΤΟΜΙΑ ΓΙΝΕΤΑΙ ΤΩΝ ΚΑΙΝΟΤΟΜΟΥΜΕΝΩΝ ΠΡΑΓΜΑΤΩΝ...

Περί τοῦ πῶς καινοτομία γίνεται τῶν καινοτομουμένων πραγμάτων μενόντων ἀτρέπτων κατά τήν φύσιν.

English

Therefore I am especially held fast by the principle of coexistence, rejecting the things on either side that are contrary both to each other and to the mean, and having as my advocate and unerring teacher of this principle, by his own mystery of embodiment, the very Maker of nature—the one who truly became man and confirmed by himself that nature, perfectly possessing being, subsists at once with its coming to be through generation, and who alone innovated the innovation of nature—I mean conception through seed and birth through corruption, which nature drew upon itself after the transgression, when it fell away from the divine and spiritual increase into multiplicity—but not the principle of nature according to which it both is and is naturally brought to be, subsisting at once with its being from a rational soul and a body. 111. On how innovation takes place in things that are innovated...

Concerning how innovation takes place in things that are innovated while they remain unchanging in nature.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:30 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πᾶσα γάρ καθόλου φάναι καινοτομία περί τόν τρόπον τοῦ καινοτομουμένου πράγματος πέφυκεν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ περί τόν λόγον τῆς φύσεως γίνεσθαι, διόπερ ὁ μέν λόγος καινοτομούμενος φθείρει τήν φύσιν, οὐκ ἔχουσαν τόν καθ᾿ ὅν ἐστι λόγον ἀρᾳδιούργητον, ὁ δέ τρόπος καινοτομούμενος φυλαττομένου δηλαδή τοῦ κατά φύσιν λόγου θαύματος ἐνδείκνυται δύναμιν, ὡς τήν φύσιν ἐνεργουμένην τε καί ἐνεργοῦσαν ὑπέρ τόν ἑαυτῆς ἀποδεικνύς δηλονότι θεσμόν. Λόγος δέ φύσεως ἀνθρωπίνης ἐστί τό ψυχήν καί σῶμα καί ἐκ ψυχῆς λογικῆς εἶναι τήν φύσιν καί σώματος, τρόπος δέ ἡ ἐν τῷ ἐνεργεῖν καί ἐνεργεῖσθαι φυσικῶς τάξις ἐστίν,

ἀμειβομένη τε πολλάκις καί ἀλλοιουμένη, τήν δέ φύσιν ἑαυτῇ παντελῶς οὐ συναμείβουσα. Καθάπερ καί ἐπ᾿ ἄλλου παντός ἔχει πράγματος, ἡνίκα καινίσαι τι περί τήν ἑαυτοῦ κτίσιν ὁ Θεός βουληθῇ προνοίας ἕνεκεν τῶν προνοουμένων, καί ἐνδείξεως τῆς ἐπί πάντα καί διά πάντων διηκούσης δυνάμεως.

English

For every innovation, so to speak, universally tends to concern the mode of the thing being innovated, but not the principle of its nature. Therefore the principle, when innovated, destroys the nature, since it does not have the principle by which it exists free from tampering; but the mode, when innovated while the natural principle is of course preserved, displays the power of a wonder, evidently showing the nature both acted upon and acting beyond its own established order. Now the principle of human nature is that the nature consists of soul and body, and that it is from a rational soul and a body; and the mode is the order in acting and being acted upon naturally, often changing and being altered, but by no means changing the nature along with itself. Just as it is with every other thing, whenever God wishes to make something new in his own creation, for the sake of providence over those under providence, and for the demonstration of the power that extends over all things and through all things.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:31 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὥσπερ ἀμέλει παραδοξοποιῶν ταῖς ἀνέκαθεν τῶν θαυμάτων τε καί σημείων μεγαλειότησι καινοτομίας λόγῳ πεποίηκε, πρός ἕτερον εἶδος ζωῆς παρά τό ἐν σαρκί τῇ ὑπό φθοράν μεταβιβάσας τόν Ἐνώχ τε καί τόν Ἠλίαν τούς μακαρίους, οὐ κατ᾿ ἀλλοίωσιν φύσεως, ἀλλά κατά παραλλαγήν τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτήν ἀγωγῆς καί διοικήσεως, ὕδωρ εἰς ἐπίκλυσιν τῶν ἐπί γῆς μοχθηρῶν ἀνθρώπων καθιστῶν τῷ πολλαπλάσιον, ἐν τῇ κιβωτῷ μετά θηρίων ἀγρίων ἀποφαίνων τόν πρῶτον πλωτῆρα Νῶε δίαιταν ἔχειν ἀλύμαντον, Ἀβραάμ καί Σάῤῥαν τούς μεγάλους αὐτοῦ θεράποντας παιδί τιμῶν παρ᾿ ἡλικίαν καί τόν νενομισμένον πρός παιδοποιίαν ὅρον τε καί χρόνον τῆς φύσεως, πῦρ τήν ἐπί τά κάτω ποιεῖσθαι φοράν εἰς ἐπίκλυσιν ἀσεβῶν παρασκευάζων, οὐδ᾿ ὅλως τοῦ κατά φύσιν λόγου διά τοῦτο μειούμενον, τῆς βάτου πῦρ ἀκαύστως ἐξάπτων εἰς τήν τοῦ θεράποντος πρόσκλησιν, ὕδωρ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ πρός αἵματος μεταβάλλων ποιότητα, τήν φύσιν αὐτοῦ παντελῶς μή ἠρνημένον, ὕδωρ μεῖναν κατά φύσιν καί μετά τήν φοίνιξιν, Καί τά λοιπά τῶν ἐκεῖσε θαυμάτων τε καί σημείων ἐπιτελῶν, πρός τό δοῦναι τοῖς μέν πιστοῖς τῶν κατεχόντων δεινῶν ἐλευθερίας ἐλπίδα, τοῖς ἀπίστοις δέ συναίσθησιν τῆς κολαζούσης δυνάμεως, πρός ἀπόθεσιν τῆς κατεχούσης αὐτούς περί τό Θεῖον πωρώσεως, θάλασσαν τέμνων ῥάβδῳ καί τό συνεχές διαλύων τοῦ ὕδατος, τῆς οἰκείας μή ἐξισταμένου φύσεως, εἰς δίοδον μέν τῶν δι᾿ αὐτόν διωκομένων, ἐποχήν δέ τῶν ἀναιτίως διωκόντων τό εὐγενές καί ἐλεύθερον, ὕδωρ ξύλῳ γλυκαίνων, καί ἄρτον ἀνήροτον οὐρανόθεν ὕων ξένον καί ἄγνωστον, καί πλῆθος ὀρνέων ἐδωδίμων ἐξαίφνης τῆς θαλάττης

English

Just as, to be sure, in his wonder-working he has by the principle of innovation made use of the greatnesses of wonders and signs from of old, transferring the blessed Enoch and Elijah to another form of life beyond that in the flesh which is under corruption—not by a change of nature, but by a variation of the conduct and governance according to it—setting water for the flooding of the wicked men upon the earth by the many times over, showing the first sailor Noah to have an undefiled dwelling in the ark with wild beasts, honoring Abraham and Sarah his great servants with a child beyond age and beyond the limit and time of nature ordained for childbearing, preparing fire to make its course downward for the flooding of the impious, its principle according to nature not in the least diminished by this, kindling the bush with fire unburned for the calling of his servant, changing water in Egypt into the quality of blood, its nature not at all denied, water having remained according to nature even after the reddening, and performing the rest of the wonders and signs there, to give to the faithful a hope of freedom from the terrors that hold them, and to the unfaithful a consciousness of the punishing power, for the putting away of the hardening that holds them concerning the Divine, cutting the sea with a rod and dissolving the continuity of the water, its own nature not departing, for the passage of those persecuted for his sake, and for the stopping of those who unjustly persecute the noble and free, sweetening water with wood, and raining down from heaven bread unplowed, strange and unknown, and a multitude of edible birds suddenly from the sea

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:32 · narrative
Source · Greek

ἐκβράζων, χωρίς τῆς κατά φύσιν ἐξ ἀλλήλων διαδοχῆς, πρός παραμυθίαν τῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ κακοπαθούντων, ὕδατος μητέρα τήν πέτραν ἀποδεικνύς, εἰς βεβαίωσιν πίστεως τῶν ἐν τοῖς ἀγῶσι λειποτακτούντων, ποταμόν ἀνακόπτων πρός διάβασιν ἄβροχον λαοῦ θεοσεβοῦς, ἡλίου τε καί σελήνης δρόμον ἐπέχων ἀκώλυτον παραδόξως, τήν ἀεικίνητον τοῦ περιέχοντος φύσιν στήσας ἀκίνητον, πρός ὄλεθρον ἀσεβοῦς δυναστείας ἀμαθῶς ἀντιπαραταττομένης Θεῷ, καί πρίν λάβῃ πέρας τῶν ὁρομένων ἡ δύναμις, καί εἰς κατάσχεσιν τῆς πόῤῥωθεν ἀψευδῶς ἐπηγγελμένης κληρονομίας. Καί τά λοιπά ὅσα δή πεποιηκέναι λέγεται, κατά τε τήν γῆν τῆς κατασχέσεως καί τάς λοιπάς εἰς ὅσας ἦλθε παρανομήσας ὁ παλαιός Ἰσραήλ, περί τόν τρόπον τῆς ἐνεργείας, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ περί τόν λόγον τῆς ὑπάρξεως, τήν φύσιν καινοτομήσας τῶν καινοτομηθέντων πεποίηκεν ὁ Θεός. Μεθ᾿ ὧν ἁπάντων καί μεθ᾿ ἅ τό δι᾿ ὅ πάντα καί δι᾿ οὗ καινότατον ὄντως μυστήριον τῆς αὐτοῦ δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐνανθρωπήσεως ἐπιτελέσας περί τόν τρόπον, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ περί τόν λόγον τήν φύσιν ἐκαινοτόμησε, προσλήψει σαρκός διά μέσης ψυχῆς νοερᾶς, ἀῤῥήτως κυηθείς ἄνευ σπορᾶς, καί γεννηθείς ἀληθῶς ἄνευ φθορᾶς ἄνθρωπος τέλειος, ψυχήν νοεράν μετά σώματος ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς ἀφράστου συλλήψεως ἐσχηκώς.

English

gushing forth, without the natural succession from one another, to comfort those suffering hardship in the desert, showing the rock to be a mother of water; to confirm the faith of those who desert in the struggles, cutting off a river for the dry passage of a God-fearing people; and wondrously holding back the course of the sun and moon unhindered, stopping the ever-moving nature of the surrounding sphere motionless, for the destruction of the impious dominion that ignorantly arrays itself against God, and before the power of things seen should reach its end, and for the possession of the inheritance promised from afar without falsehood. And the rest, as many things as he is said to have done, both in the land of possession and in the other ways in which the old Israel transgressed, God did, innovating the nature of the things innovated in the manner of operation, but not in the principle of existence. And with all these, and after these, he accomplished the truly most novel mystery of his incarnation for our sake through all things and through which all things, innovating the nature in the manner, but not in the principle, by the assumption of flesh through a median rational soul, ineffably conceived without seed, and truly born without corruption, a perfect man, having a rational soul with a body from the very ineffable conception.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:33 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΙΒ (112). ΟΤΙ ΠΑΣΑ ΦΥΣΙΣ ΤΩ ΟΙΚΕΙΩ ΛΟΓΩ ΔΙΑΠΑΝΤΟΣ ΕΧΕΙ ΤΟ ΤΕΛΟΣ Ὅτι πᾶσα φύσις τῷ οἰκείῳ λόγῳ διαπαντός ἔχει τό τέλος. Πᾶσα γάρ, καθολικῶς εἰπεῖν, φύσις, νοητή τε καί αἰσθητή, ἤγουν ἁπλῆ καί σύνθετος, καθ᾿ οἱονδήποτε τρόπον ἐκ μέρους τήν πρός τό εἶναι τὴς γενέσεως ἀρχήν, οὐδέποτε δέχεται, οὔτε μήν ἐξ ἡμισείας μοίρας ὑφίστασθαι δύναται. Ἀλλ᾿ εἰ μέν

σύνθετος φύσις ἐστίν, ὅλη τελεία τελείοις τοῖς οἰκείοις μέρεσιν ἀθρόως συνυφίσταται, μή ἔχουσα πρός ἑαυτήν ἤ πρός ἄλληλα τῶν ἐξ ὧν ἐστι μερῶν τήν οἱανοῦν κατά τόν χρόνον διάστασιν. Εἰ δέ ἁπλῆ φύσις ἐστίν, ἤγουν νοητή, ὡσαύτως ἅμα τοῖς ἑαυτῆς ἀπαραλείπτως λόγοις τελεία τελείοις ἀθρόως συνυφίστασθαι πέφυκε, χρόνου τινός τό σύνολον αὐτήν τῶν οἰκείων λόγων, οὐδαμῶς διακρίνοντος. Οὔτε γάρ ἦν ποτε καθόλου τις φύσις ἐν τοῖς οὖσιν, οὔτε ἔστιν, οὔτε ἔσται κατά τόν ἑαυτῆς λόγον ὑπάρχουσα ὅπερ νῦν οὐκ ἔστιν, οὔτε μήν νῦν ἐστιν ἤ ἐς ὕστερον ἔσται ὅπερ οὐκ ἦν πρότερον. Ὧν γάρ οἱ λόγοι παρά τῷ Θεῷ ἅμα τῷ εἶναι τό τέλειον ἔσχον, τούτων ἡ κατά τούς οἰκείους λόγους παραγωγή καί οὐσίωσις προσθήκης πάσης καί ἐλλείψεως τῆς πρός τό εἶναι ὅπερ ὄντα τυγχάνει παντελῶς ἐστιν ἀνεπίδεκτος. Ἀλλ᾿ ἀρκεῖν οἶμαι κατά τήν τοῦ λόγου παρέκβασιν καί πρός τούτους τά νῦν ῥηθέντα, πρός τό μή παρασύρεσθαι ῥαδίως εἰς ἀτόπους δόξας παρά τῶν πίστιν ποιουμένων τήν ἐν ταῖς κομψείαις τῶν λόγων τεχνικήν πιθανότητα. ΡΙΓ (113). ΔΙΑ ΤΙ ΣΥΝΗΨΕ ΤΗ ΣΑΡΚΩΣΕΙ ΤΗΝ ΕΚ ΒΑΠΤΙΣΜΑΤΟΣ ΓΕΝΝΗΣΙΝ Ο ΔΙΔΑΣΚΑΛΟΣ Διά τί συνῆψε τῇ σαρκώσει τήν ἐκ βαπτίσματος γέννησιν ὁ διδάσκαλος.

English

112. That every nature always has its end in its own principle. Every nature, to speak universally, whether intelligible or sensible, that is, simple or composite, in no way ever receives the beginning of its generation toward being from a part, nor can it subsist from a half share. But if it is a composite nature, it is wholly and perfectly constituted together at once with its own perfect parts, having no interval of time whatsoever toward itself or toward one another among the parts of which it consists. And if it is a simple nature, that is, intelligible, it is likewise by nature constituted together at once, perfectly and without omission, with its own principles, no time at all separating the whole from its own principles. For there never was any nature at all among existing things, nor is, nor will be, existing according to its own principle as what it now is not, nor again is it now or will it be hereafter what it was not before. For those whose principles have possessed perfection together with their being in God—their production and substantiation according to their own principles is entirely incapable of any addition or deficiency toward being what they happen to be. But I think what has now been said, in this digression of the argument, is sufficient also for these matters, so as not to be easily swept away into absurd opinions by those who give credence to the technical persuasiveness in the elegances of arguments. 113. Why the Teacher joined the generation from baptism to the incarnation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:34 · narrative
Source · Greek

Πρός τί δέ βλέπων καί τίνος ἕνεκεν τῇ σαρκώσει συνῆψε τήν ἐκ βαπτίσματος γέννησιν ὁ διδάσκαλος (τοῦτο γάρ εἰς τήν ἐξέτασιν ἔτι τοῦ προκειμένου λείπεται λόγου), συντόμως ὡς ἔμαθον ἐρῶ κατά δύναμιν. Φασίν οἱ τά θεῖα μυστικῶς περιέποντες λόγια, καί τοῖς ὑψηλοτέροις, ὡς εἰκός, αὐτά σεμνύνοντες θεωρήμασι, κατ᾿ εἰκόνα Θεοῦ κατ᾿ ἀρχάς γεγενῆσθαι τόν ἄνθρωπον, ἐπί τῷ πάντως γεννηθῆναι κατά προαίρεσιν πνεύματι, καί προσλαβεῖν τό καθ᾿ ὁμοίωσιν διά τῆς τηρήσεως τῆς θείας ἐντολῆς αὐτῷ προσγενόμενον, ἵνα ᾗ ὁ αὐτός ἄνθρωπος πλάσμα μέν τοῦ κατά φύσιν, Υἱός δέ Θεοῦ καί Θεός διά Πνεύματος κατά χάριν. Οὐ γάρ ἦν δυνατόν ἄλλως Υἱόν ἀποδειχθῆναι Θεοῦ καί Θεόν κατά τήν ἐκ χάριτος θέωσιν τόν γενόμενον ἄνθρωπον, μή πρότερον κατά προαίρεσιν γεννηθέντα τῷ Πνεύματι, διά τήν ἐνοῦσαν αὐτῷ φυσικῶς αὐτοκίνητον καί ἀδέσποτον δύναμιν. Ἥντινα θεοποιόν καί θείαν καί ἄϋλον γέννησιν, διά τό προτιμῆσαι τῶν νοουμένων καί ἀδήλων τέως ἀγαθῶν τό κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν τερπνόν καί ἐπίδηλον, παραλιπών ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, τήν ἐκ σωμάτων εἰκότως ἀπροαίρετον καί ὑλικήν καί ἐπίκηρον ἔχειν καταδικάζεται γέννησιν, ἀξίως κρίναντος τοῦ Θεοῦ τόν ἑκουσίως τῶν κρειττόνων τά χείρονα προελόμενον, τήν ἐμπαθῆ καί δούλην καί κατηναγκασμένην, καθ᾿ ὁμοιότητα τῶν ἐπί γῆς ἀλόγων τε καί ἀνοήτων κτηνῶν γέννησιν τῆς ἐλευθερίας καί ἀπαθοῦς καί αὐθαιρέτου καί ἁγνῆς ἀνταλλάξαι γεννήσεως, καί τῆς σύν Θεῷ καί θείας καί ἀνεκλαλήτου τιμῆς τήν μετά τῶν ἀνοήτων κτηνῶν ἄτιμον ἀντιλαβεῖν συμπαρενύλησιν.

English

Looking to what end, and for whose sake, did the Teacher join the generation from baptism to the incarnation (for this still remains for the examination of the present discourse), I shall state briefly, as I learned it, according to my ability. Those who mystically handle the divine oracles, and who, as is likely, adorn them with the higher contemplations, say that man was made in the image of God in the beginning, in order that he might by all means be born of the Spirit according to his free choice, and might receive the likeness that comes to him through the keeping of the divine commandment, so that the same man might be a creature of the natural order, but a Son of God and God through the Spirit by grace. For it was not possible otherwise for the man who came to be to be shown forth as a Son of God and God according to deification by grace, unless he had first been born of the Spirit according to his free choice, on account of the self-moved and undominated power that is naturally present in him. This deifying and divine and immaterial generation, because the first man preferred the pleasant and visible good of sense to the good things that are understood and as yet unseen, he passed by, and he is reasonably condemned to have the involuntary and material and perishable generation from bodies, since God justly judged that the one who voluntarily chose the worse over the better should exchange the free, impassible, self-determined, and pure generation for the passionate, servile, and compelled generation, in likeness to the irrational and senseless beasts on the earth, and should receive, in place of the honor that is with God and divine and ineffable, the dishonorable coexistence with the senseless beasts.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:35 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἧστινος τόν ἄνθρωπον ἐλευθερῶσαι καί πρός τήν θείαν εὐκληρίαν ἐπαναγαγεῖν βουλόμενος ὁ τήν φύσιν τῶν ἀνθρώπων δημιουργήσας Λόγος, ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀληθῶς γίνεταί τε καί γεννᾶται σωματικῶς χωρίς ἁμαρτίας διά τόν ἄνθρωπον, καί βαπτίζεται, τήν εἰς υἱοθεσίαν πνευματικήν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν ἑκουσίως ὑπερχόμενος γέννησιν, ὁ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν Θεός καί Θεοῦ κατά φύσιν Υἱός, εἰς ἀθέτησιν τῆς ἐκ σωμάτων γεννήσεως. Ἐπειδή τοίνυν δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ὁ ποιήσας ἡμᾶς καί μόνος τῷ Πατρί μετά τοῦ Πνεύματος ὁμόθεος καί ὁμόδοξος Υἱός καί Λόγος καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐξ ἡμῶν ἀληθῶς ἄνθρωπος γίνεται, καί σωματικῶς γεννᾶται χωρίς ἁμαρτίας, καί τήν ἐκ βαπτίσματος εἰς υἱοθεσίαν πνευματικήν ὑπέρ ἡμῶν ὑπελθεῖν καταδέχεται γέννησιν ὁ φύσει Θεός, διά τοῦτο συνῆψε τῇ σαρκώσει, καθώς οἶμαι, τήν ἐκ βαπτίσματος γέννησιν ὁ

διδάσκαλος, ὡς εἰς ἀθέτησιν καί λύσιν τῆς ἐκ σωμάτων ἐπινοηθῆναι γεννήσεως. Ὅπερ γάρ ὁ Ἀδάμ (λέγω δέ τήν εἰς θέωσιν ἐκ πνεύματος γέννησιν) ἑκουσίως παραλιπών γεννᾶσθαι σωματικῶς εἰς φθοράν κατεκρίθη, τοῦτο κατά θέλησιν ὡς ἀγαθός καί φιλάνθρωπος ἐν τῷ ἡμῶν παραπτώματι γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος, καί συγκατακρίνας ἡμῖν ἑαυτόν ἑκουσίως, ὁ μόνος ἐλεύθερος καί ἀναμάρτητος, καί τήν ἐκ σωμάτων γεννηθῆναι καταδεξάμενος γέννησιν, ἐν ᾗ τό κράτος ὑπῆρχε τῆς ἡμῶν κατακρίσεως, τήν ἐν πνεύματι μυστικῶς διωρθώσατο γέννησιν, καί τῆς σωματικῆς γεννήσεως λύσας ὑπέρ ἡμῶν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τά δεσμά δέδωκεν ἡμῖν ἐξουσίαν διά τῆς κατά πνεῦμα γεννήσεως κατά θέλησιν, τέκνα Θεοῦ ἀντί σαρκός καί αἵματος γενέσθαι τοῖς πιστεύουσιν εἰς τό ὄνομα αὐτοῦ.

English

Desiring to set man free and to lead him back to the divine inheritance, the Word who created the nature of men truly becomes and is born a man from men, bodily, without sin, for man's sake; and He is baptized, voluntarily undergoing for us the spiritual birth unto adoption, He who is God in essence and Son of God by nature, for the abolition of birth from bodies. Since, then, for our sake the One who made us, and who alone with the Father and the Spirit is of the same divinity and the same glory, the Son and Word, truly becomes a man like us and from us, and is born bodily without sin, and, being God by nature, deigns to undergo for us the birth from baptism unto spiritual adoption—for this reason the Teacher joined the birth from baptism to the incarnation, as I think, so that birth from bodies might be reckoned as abolished and dissolved. For what Adam voluntarily passed over—I mean the birth unto deification from the Spirit—and chose instead to be born bodily, he was condemned to corruption; this same thing the good and man-loving One voluntarily underwent in our transgression, becoming man and voluntarily condemning Himself together with us, the only free and sinless One, and He deigned to be born by birth from bodies, in which lay the power of our condemnation, and mystically set right the birth in the Spirit; and having loosed in Himself for us the bonds of bodily birth, He gave us authority, through the birth according to the Spirit, to become by will children of God instead of flesh and blood—to those who believe in His name.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:36 · narrative
Source · Greek

Σάρκωσις οὖν καί σωματική πρότερον τῆς ἐμῆς ἕνεκα κατακρίσεως ἐπί τοῦ Κυρίου παρηκολούθησε γέννησις, καί οὕτως ἡ διά τοῦ βαπτίσματος ἐν πνεύματι παραλειφθεῖσα ἐπηκολούθησε γέννησις, ὑπέρ τῆς ἐμῆς κατά χάριν σωτηρίας καί ἀνακλήσεως, ἤ σαφέστερον εἰπεῖν ἀναπλάσεως· οἷα συνάπτοντος περί ἐμέ τοῦ Θεοῦ τόν τε τοῦ εἶναί μου λόγον καί τόν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι, καί τήν γενομένην παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ τούτων ἑνοποιοῦντος τομήν καί διάστασιν, καί διά τούτων πρός τόν τοῦ ἀεί εἶναι λόγον σοφῶς συνελαύνοντος, καθ᾿ ὅν οὐκέτι τό φέρειν ἔστι καί φέρεσθαι περί τόν ἄνθρωπον, λαβούσης τέλος περί τό φέρεσθαι τῆς τῶν φαινομένων οἰκονομίας διά τῆς μεγάλης καί κοινῆς ἀναστάσεως, εἰς ἀθανασίαν γεννώσης τόν ἄνθρωπον καθ᾿ ὕπαρξιν ἀναλλοίωτον, δι᾿ ὅν τῶν φαινομένων ἡ φύσις τό εἶναι κατά γένεσιν εἴληφε, καί μεθ᾿ οὖ λήψεται χάριτι τό κατ᾿ οὐσίαν μή φθείρεσθαι. Ἀλλ᾿ εἰ δοκεῖ τῶν εἰρημένων κατ᾿ ἐπιτομήν ἐπιμνησθέντες τήν δύναμιν, κεφαλαιώσωμεν. Ἔχομεν τήν ἐκ σωμάτων γέννησιν τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν κατ᾿ ἐπίνοιαν διαιρεθεῖσαν εἰς τόν προηγούμενον τῆς φύσεως λόγον καί εἰς τόν νῦν αὖθις ὑπάρχοντα καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς, εἰς ὅν ἐτελεύτησε, καί πάλιν εἰς τόν κατά φύσιν τῆς γενέσεως λόγον καί εἰς τόν τῆς γενέσεως τρόπον, προσέτι γε μήν καί εἰς διαφόρους τρόπους τῆς κατ᾿ οὐσίαν γενέσεως τῆς ψυχῆς καί τοῦ σώματος καί προσεπιτούτοις εἰς τήν ἄνευ σπορᾶς σύλληψιν καί τήν ἄνευ φθορᾶς γέννησιν. Ἐφ᾿ ὑμῖν οὖν ἐστιν ὡς κριταῖς δικαίοις τῶν λελεγμένων ἐπιβολῶν ἐγκρῖναι τήν κρείττονα. ΡΙΔ (114)...». ΤΙ ΦΑΡΜΑΚΑ ΕΠΙΖΗΤΕΙΣ, ΤΑ ΜΗΔΕΝ ΟΝΗΣΟΝΤΑ; ΤΙ ΚΡΙΤΙΚΟΝ ΙΔΡΩΤΑ..».

English

Therefore the incarnation and, before it, the bodily birth of the Lord for the sake of my condemnation came to pass, and thus the birth in the Spirit through baptism, which had been passed over, followed, for the sake of my salvation and recall by grace—or, to speak more clearly, my re-formation; as God joins together in my regard both the principle of my being and the principle of my well-being, and unifies the division and separation of these that came about through me, and through these wisely drives me on toward the principle of eternal being, according to which there is no longer, in the case of man, bearing and being borne, since the economy of things that appear has reached its end in respect of being borne, through the great and common resurrection, which gives birth to man unto immortality in unchanging existence, through whom the nature of things that appear has received being by generation, and with whom it will receive by grace not to be corrupted in respect of essence. But if it seems good, having recalled in summary the force of what has been said, let us bring it to a head. We have the birth of our Savior from bodies, divided in conception into the principle of nature that comes first and into that which now again exists according to us, into which it has come to an end, and again into the principle of generation according to nature and into the manner of generation, and moreover also into the different manners of the generation in respect of essence of soul and body, and in addition to these into the conception without seed and the birth without corruption. It is in your power, then, as just judges of the objections stated, to approve the better one. RID (114)...». WHY DO YOU SEEK DRUGS THAT WILL PROFIT NOTHING? WHY A CRITICAL SWEAT..».

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:37 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό, «Τί φάρμακα ἐπιζητεῖς, τά μηδέν ὀνήσοντα; τί κριτικόν ἱδρῶτα, ἴσως παρεστῶτος τοῦ ἐξοδίου;» Τοῦτο, καθώς ἔφασκεν ὁ μακάριος γέρων, πρός τούς ὑπερτιθεμένους τό βάπτισμα, τό ῥητόν τέθεικεν ὁ διδάσκαλος, ἐλπίδι τοῦ ζήσεσθαι τό βάπτισμα φιληδονίας ἕνεκεν ὐπερτιθεμένους, καί φησι, "Τί παρ’ ἄλλου δέῃ μαθεῖν τήν ἔξοδον, τοῦ βίου δηλονότι, ἀλλ᾿ οὐχ ὡς ἤδη παρούσης διανοήσῃ; Τί φάρμακα ἐπιζητεῖς, τά μηδέν ὀνήσοντα; τί κριτικόν ἱδρῶτα, ἴσως παρεστῶτος τοῦ ἐξοδίου;" Ἐπειδή γάρ τέσσαρας ἡμέρας κρισίμους εἶναί φασιν ἰατρῶν παῖδες ἐν τοῖς πυρεκτιῶσι, τήν δ΄, καί τήν ζ´, καί τήν θ´, καί τήν ια´, τυχόν δέ καί τήν ιγ´, (ἐν ταύταις γάρ ἄν εὕρωσιν ἐν τῷ νοσοῦντι, καθώς φασι, νενοτισμένον ἐξ ἱδρῶτος τό σῶμα τεκμηριοῦσι ζήσειν τόν κείμενον), ἵνα οὖν μή τοῦτον ἐκδεχόμενος ὁ νοσῶν τόν ἱδρῶτα κακοβούλως ὑπερτίθεται τό βάπτισμα, περίοδον ἔχειν ἐτῶν, συμβουλεύει πάνυ σοφῶς ὁ διδάσκαλος τῷ κάμνοντι, μή τούτῳ τῷ ἱδρῶτι θαῤῥεῖν καί μάτην ἐρείδεσθαι, δυνατοῦ ὄντος ἀντί τούτου τόν ἐξόδιον ἱδρῶτα συμβῆναι, τόν βοῶντα τῆς παρούσης

English

From the same discourse of the same author, on the text, "Why do you seek medicines that will profit nothing? Why a critical sweat, when the departure is perhaps at hand?" This passage, as the blessed elder used to say, the teacher set down against those who defer baptism, who defer it in the hope of living, for the sake of pleasure. And he says, "Why need you learn from another that the departure—that is, from life—is at hand, and not rather consider it as already present? Why do you seek medicines that will profit nothing? Why a critical sweat, when the departure is perhaps at hand?" For since the physicians' disciples say that there are four critical days in those with fevers—the fourth, the seventh, the ninth, and the eleventh, and perhaps also the thirteenth (for on these days, they say, if they find the body of the sick person moistened with sweat, they judge that the patient will live)—therefore, so that the sick person, awaiting this sweat, may not wickedly defer baptism, having a span of years, the teacher very wisely advises the afflicted one not to trust in this sweat and not to prop himself up in vain, since it is possible that instead of this the final sweat may come upon him, which cries out of the present

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:38 · narrative
Source · Greek

ζωῆς τό τέλος, ἵνα μή, ὡς εἶπον, διά τοῦτον ἀπατώμενος ὁ νοσῶν τόν ἱδρῶτα τῆς μέν προδήλου καί θείας ζωῆς καί ἀεί διαμενούσης ἀλλοτριούμενος λάθῃ, τήν δέ ἀνθρωπίνην καί ἐπίκηρον καί πάντως λυθησομένην εὑρεθῇ περιέπων, ἀκράτητον κατά φύσιν ὑπάρχουσαν καί ἀεί διά φθορᾶς καί ἀλλοιώσεως ῥέουσαν, καί θᾶττον τάς τῶν ἔχειν νομιζόντων χεῖρας διαφεύγουσαν ἤ ὄναρ ἀνυπόστατον βλέποντα. ΡΙΕ (115)...».ΟΥ ΓΑΡ ΠΟΛΛΑΚΙΣ ΧΡΙΣΤΟΣ ΦΙΛΕΙ ΚΛΕΠΤΟΜΕΝΟΣ, ΚΑΙ ΕΙ ΛΙΑΝ ΕΣΤΙ ΦΙΛΑΝΘΡΩΠΟΣ»

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό, «Οὐ γάρ πολλάκις Χριστός φιλεῖ κλεπτόμενος, καί εἰ λίαν ἐστί φιλάνθρωπος».

Τί δήποτε, φασίν ἐνταῦθα τοῦ λόγου γενόμενοί τινες, εἰ λίαν ἐστί φιλάνθρωπος ὁ Θεός, καί πηγή φιλανθρωπίας ἀνέκλειπτος, ὥστε μηδ᾿ ὁτιοῦν ὑπό τῶν ἀρυομένων ἐλαττοῦσθαι, μή φιλεῖ κλεπτόμενος; Οὕτω γάρ ἄν μᾶλλον τό φιλάνθρωπον ἐπεδείκνυτο, μή ἐλαττούμενον διά τοῦ διδόναι χώραν τοῖς ἐθέλουσι κλέπτειν, καί μάλιστα κλοπήν σωτήριον, καί ὁσάκις ἄν θέλοιεν. Πρός οὕς Θεοῦ λόγον χαριζομένου φαμέν, ὅτιπερ αὐτό τοῦτο φιλανθρωπίας πλῆρες ἐστι, μᾶλλον δέ αὐτό φιλανθρωπία, καί τούς περί τι κλέπτειν ἐθέλοντας, ἀγαθῆς προμηθείας ἔνδειξις σαφεστάτη, τό μή συγχωρεῖν τοῖς ἐθέλουσι τυγχάνοντος τοῦ σφετερισμοῦ τῆς σωτηρίας ῥᾴστη γένηται κατά τό εἰκός καί ἡ τοῦ δωρηθέντος ἀποβολή, ὡς εὐμαρῶς πάλιν ληφθῆναι δυναμένου, καί τῆς ἐν τῷ καλῷ ἀμεταθέτου καί παγίας ἕξεως ἀμαθεῖς ἀποφανθῶσιν οἱ τυγχάνοντες τῆς δωρεᾶς, εὐέμπτωτον εἰς κακίαν τήν γνώμην ἔχοντες διά τήν εὐμάρειαν τῆς τοῦ καλοῦ κτήσεως, τῷ εὐώνῳ καταφρονουμένης.

English

From the same discourse, on the text, "For Christ does not often love being stolen from, even if he is exceedingly philanthropic."

Why ever, they say, coming to this point of the discourse—if God is exceedingly philanthropic and an unfailing source of philanthropy, so that he is diminished not in the least by those who draw from him—does he not love being stolen from? For in that way he would all the more display his philanthropy, not being diminished by giving occasion to those who wish to steal, and especially a saving theft, and as often as they might wish. To these, as God grants the word, we say that this very thing is full of philanthropy—or rather is philanthropy itself—and that the refusal to permit those who wish to steal to obtain the appropriation of salvation is the clearest demonstration of good providence, lest, as is likely, the loss of what has been given should become very easy, since it can easily be taken again, and those who obtain the gift should be shown to be ignorant of the unchangeable and firm habit of virtue, having a mind easily falling into evil because of the ease of acquiring the good, which is despised by the left hand.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:39 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΙ (116). ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΠΑΣΧΑ... «ΓΥΜΝΟΝ ΤΗ ΑΠΛΟΤΗΤΙ ΚΑΙ ΖΩΗ ΑΤΕΧΝΩ Τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ εἰς τό Πάσχα λόγου, εἰς τό, «Γυμνόν τῇ ἁπλότητι καί ζωῇ ἀτέχνῳ, καί δίχα παντός ἐπικαλύμματος καί προβλήματος. Τοιοῦτον γάρ ἔπρεπεν εἶναι τόν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς».

Τί μέν διά τούτων ὁ μέγας οὗτος διδάσκαλος κρυφίως ἀποκαλύπτει, μόνους ἐκείνους εἰδέναι φημί τούς τό ἴσον αὐτῷ τῆς σοφίας εἰληφότας καί τῆς γνώσεως χάρισμα, οἵ διά τό πᾶσαν τήν ἐκ παθῶν καί πάσης ὑλικῆς προσπαθείας λήμην ἀποθέσθαι τῶν νοερῶν ὀμμάτων τήν ἀκτῖνα τῆς ἐν ὅλοις ἀληθοῦς γνώσως χωρεῖν ἐδυνήθησαν, καθ᾿ ἥν τῷ ἁπλῷ κατά τό ἐφικτόν καί ἑνοειδεῖ λόγῳ τόν νοῦν ἀπό τῶν πολλῶν περιστείλαντες πᾶσαν τήν ἐπιστημονικήν τῶν ὄντων ἁπλῇ συνέσει περιέλαβον εἴδησιν. Ἡμῖν δέ οἷς ὁ ζόφος ἔτι τῆς ἀγνοίας ἐπιπροσθεῖ πρός τήν τοῦ ἀληθοῦς κατανόησιν, διά τήν περί μόνα τά σαλευόμενα τοῦ νοῦ συστροφήν, ὥσπερ τυφλός ἄμφω τώ χεῖρε φορυτόν ὕλης ἀφάσσων εὑρίσκει πολλάκις τι τῶν τιμίων, οὕτως ἐπιχειροῦμεν καί ἡμεῖς μετά τῆς ἑαυτῶν ἀσθενείας εἰπεῖν τι περί τοῦ προκειμένου ζητήματος. Καί δή λέγομεν ἄλλο τό παράπαν οὐδέν ἤ ὅπερ ὁ Θεός ἐν χερσίν ἡμῶν παραδῷ κατά τό γεγραμμένον, πρός τό θρέψαι κατά δύναμιν ἡμῶν τούς καλούς πατέρας ὑμᾶς, λέγω δέ τῷ ψηλαφητικῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἐν ἡμῖν νοερᾶς δυνάμεως ἁπλοῦν καί ἀπέριττον θεώρημα καί ἡμῖν σύμμετρον, καί πατρικήν εὐλογίαν προσκαλούμενον, μήπως ἀφυῶς τόν ἀγρόν τῶν αἰσθητῶν αἰσθητῶς κατά τόν Ἡσαῦ περιοδεύοντες στερηθῶμεν διά βραδύτητα τῆς ἑτοίμης τοῦ

English

From the same discourse on Pascha, on the text, "Naked in simplicity and uncontrived life, and without any covering or garment. For such it was fitting for him to be from the beginning."

What this great teacher secretly reveals through these words, I say only those know who have received the equal gift of wisdom and knowledge with him, who, because they have laid aside all the filth of the passions and of every material attachment from the eyes of their mind, have been able to contain the ray of true knowledge in all things, according to which, having gathered the mind back from many things to the simple and uniform principle, as far as is attainable, they have encompassed all the scientific knowledge of beings in a simple comprehension. But for us, on whom the darkness of ignorance still lies as a barrier to the understanding of the true, because the mind is concentrated on moving things alone, just as a blind man groping with both hands in a heap of matter often finds something precious, so we too, with our own weakness, attempt to say something about the proposed question. And indeed we say nothing else at all than what God delivers into our hands, according to what is written, in order to feed you, the good fathers, according to our ability—I mean by the groping word of the noetic power within us—a simple and unadorned contemplation, commensurate with us, and inviting a fatherly blessing, lest, like Esau, we go about the field of sensible things in a sensible way and unskillfully, and through slowness be deprived of the ready...

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:40 · narrative
Source · Greek

τρεφομένου πατρός εὐλογίας, ἤ πάλιν δι᾿ ὑψηλοφροσύνην τι μεῖζον τῆς δυνάμεως ἡμῶν ἐπιζητοῦντες ἐκ τῶν οἰκούντων ἔτι τό ὄρος ἡμῶν τῆς θεωρίας, τρωθῶμεν κατά τόν Ἰσραήλ, περί ὧν ὁ νόμος φησίν ὅτι παραβιασάμενοί τινες ἀνέβησαν εἰς τό ὄρος, καί ἐξῆλθεν ὁ Ἀμοῤῥαῖος ὁ οἰκῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκείνῳ καί ἐτίτρωσκεν αὐτούς. Ὑπονοῶ τοίνυν ὅτι τήν διαφοράν τῆς πρό τοῦ παραπτώματος κράσεως τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου σώματος ἐν τῷ προπάτορι Ἀδάμ πρός τήν νῦν θεωρουμένην ἐν ἡμῖν καί κρατοῦσαν ἐνδείξασθαι βουλόμενος ταῦτά φησιν ὁ διδάσκαλος, ὡς τότε δηλαδή τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐναντίαις καί φθαρτικαῖς ἀλλήλων κατά τήν κρᾶσιν τοῦ σώματος μή διελκομένου ποιότησιν, ἀλλ᾿ ὡσαύτως ἔχοντος δίχα ῥοῆς καί ἀποῤῥοῆς, καί τῆς ἐφ᾿ ἐκάτερα τούτων κατά τήν ποιοτήτων ἐπικράτειαν συνεχοῦς ἀλλοιώσεως ἐλευθέρου τυγχάνοντος, οἷα δή τῆς κατά χάριν ἀθανασίας οὐκ ἀμοιροῦντος, καί τήν νῦν μαστιγοῦσαν αὐτόν τοῖς ἑαυτῆς κέντροις φθοράν οὐκ ἔχοντος, ἀλλ᾿ ἑτέραν δηλονότι πρέπουσαν αὐτῷ κρᾶσιν τοῦ σώματος, ἀμάχοις καί ἁπλαῖς ποιότησι συνεχομένην. Καθ᾿ ἥν γυμνός ἦν ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος, οὐχ ὡς ἄσαρκος καί ἀσώματος, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς τήν παχυτέραν τήν σάρκα ποιοῦσαν καί θνητήν καί ἀντίτυπον κρᾶσιν οὐκ ἔχων. Κατά τοῦτον τόν μέγαν διδάσκαλον ἀτέχνως τε ἔζη μή διαπνεόμενος τήν ἅπαξ οὐσιωδῶς δοθεῖσαν αὐτῷ φυσικήν εὐεξίαν, καί περιβολῆς ὑπῆρχεν ἀπροσδεής, διά τε τήν ἑνοῦσαν ἀπάθειαν αἰσχύνην μή ὑφορώμενος καί τό μή κρυμοῖς καί θάλπεσιν αὐτόν ὑποκεῖσθαι, δι᾿ ἅ μάλιστα τῆς τε τῶν οἴκων καί τῶν ἐσθημάτων περιβολῆς ὁ τρόπος τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ἐπινενόηται. ΡΙΖ (117).

English

being nourished by the father of blessings, or again, through pride seeking something beyond our power from those who still dwell on our mountain of contemplation, we might be wounded after the manner of Israel, concerning whom the law says that some, having broken through, went up into the mountain, and the Amorite who dwelt in that mountain came out and wounded them. I suspect, then, that the teacher says these things wishing to show the difference between the composition of the human body before the transgression in our forefather Adam and that which is now observed and prevails in us: namely, that then man was not torn apart by opposing and corruptive qualities of one another in the composition of his body, but was in the same state, free from flux and reflux, and free from the continuous alteration that comes from the predominance of qualities in either direction, inasmuch as he did not lack the immortality that comes by grace, and did not have the corruption that now scourges him with its own goads, but had another composition of the body, evidently fitting for him, held together by qualities that are without conflict and simple. In accordance with this, the first man was naked, not as being without flesh and bodiless, but as not having the coarser composition that makes the flesh and is mortal and resistant. According to this great teacher, he lived without artifice, not being dissipated from the natural good condition once given to him essentially, and he had no need of covering, both because of the impassibility that was in him, not suspecting shame, and because he was not subject to colds and heats, for which reasons especially the manner of shelter and clothing has been devised by men.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:41 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΑΛΛΗ ΠΕΡΙ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη περί αὐτοῦ θεωρία.

Ἤ μήποτε καί ἐκ τῶν νῦν περί τόν ἄνθρωπον θεωρουμένων τά τότε περί αὐτόν ὄντα τῇ περιαιρέσει τῶν νῦν περί αὐτόν ὄντων παραδείκνυσιν ὁ διδάσκαλος. Κινεῖται γάρ νῦν ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἤ περί φαντασίας ἀλόγους παθῶν ἐξ ἀπάτης διά φιληδονίαν, ἤ περί λόγους τεχνῶν ἐκ περιστάσεως διά τήν χρείαν, ἤ περί φυσικούς λόγους ἐκ τοῦ νόμου τῆς φύσεως διά μάθησιν, ὧν οὐδέν κατ᾿ ἀρχήν εἰκότως ἀξ ἀνάγκης εἵλκε τόν ἄνθρωπον, ὑπεράνω πάντων γενόμενον. Οὕτω γάρ ἔπρεπεν εἶναι τόν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς, μηδενί τό σύνολον περισπώμενον, τῶν ὑπ᾿ αὐτόν, ἤ περί αὐτόν, ἤ κατ᾿ αὐτόν, καί πρός τελείωσιν ἑνός μόνου προσδεόμενον, τῆς πρός τόν ὑπέρ αὐτόν, φημί δέ τόν Θεόν, καθ᾿ ὅλην τήν ἀγαπητικήν δύναμιν ἀσχέτου κινήσεως. Ἀπαθής γάρ χάριτι ὤν ἀπάτην παθῶν φαντασίας δι᾿ ἡδονῆς οὐ προσίετο· καί ἀπροσδεής ὑπάρχων τῆς περί τέχνας περιστατικῆς ἀνάγκης διά τήν χρείαν ἐλεύθερος ἦν· καί σοφός ὤν τῆς περί τήν φύσιν θεωρίας ὑπεράνω καθειστήκει διά τήν γνῶσιν.

English

Another contemplation concerning him.

Or perhaps the teacher also indicates, from the things now contemplated concerning man, the things that were then concerning him, by the removal of the things now concerning him. For man is now moved either concerning irrational fantasies of passions from deception through love of pleasure, or concerning the principles of arts from circumstance through need, or concerning natural principles from the law of nature through learning—none of which, in the beginning, reasonably drew man by necessity, since he had become above all things. For thus it was fitting that the man from the beginning be, wholly undistracted by anything of the things beneath him, or around him, or according to him, and needing only one thing for perfection—the unhindered motion toward the One above him, I mean God, with his whole loving power. For being passionless by grace, he did not admit the deception of the fantasies of passions through pleasure; and being without need, he was free from the circumstantial necessity of arts through need; and being wise, he stood above the contemplation of nature through knowledge.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:42 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐδέν οὖν εἶχεν ὁ πρῶτος ἄνθρωπος μεταξύ Θεοῦ καί αὐτοῦ προβεβλημένον πρός εἴδησιν, καί κωλύον αὐτοῦ τήν δι᾿ ἀγάπης αὐθαίρετον κατά τήν πρός Θεόν κίνησιν γενησομένην συγγένειαν, καί διά τοῦτο "γυμνός τῇ ἁπλότητι" προσηγορεύθη τῷ διδασκάλῳ, ὡς ὑπεράνω πάσης τῆς κατά φύσιν ὑπάρχων ζητήσεως, καί "ζωῇ τῇ ἀτέχνῳ», ὡς πάσης τεχνῶν ἐνδεοῦς καθαρεύων ζωῆς, καί "δίχα παντός ἐπικαλύμματος καί προβλήματος», οἷα τῆς πρός τά αἰσθητά τῶν αἰσθήσεων ἐμπαθοῦς συμπλοκῆς τυγχάνων ἐλεύθερος, εἴς ὑπήχθη δικαίως ὕστερον, ἐλλείψας τήν ἔλλειψιν, καί τοῦ πλήρης εἶναι τό κενός πάντων γενέσθαι αὐθαιρέτως ἑλόμενος, κάτω γενόμενος ὧν ὑπεράνω φυσικῶς ὑπῆρχε γεγενημένος.

ΡΙΗ (118). ΑΛΛΗ ΠΕΡΙ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη περί αὐτοῦ θεωρία.

Ἤ μήποτε "γυμνός», ὥς φησιν ὁ διδάσκαλος, τῆς περί φύσιν ποικίλης θεωρίας καί γνώσεως, καί "ζωῇ τῇ ἀτέχνῳ», τῆς περί πρᾶξιν καί ἀρετήν πολυτρόπου μεθοδείας ὑπάρχων ἐκτός, κατά τήν ἕξιν ἔχων τούς τῶν ἀρετῶν ἀμολύντους λόγους, καί "δίχα παντός ἐπικαλύμματος καί προβλήματος», τῆς ἐπ᾿ αἰσθήσεσι τῶν φαινομένων διανοίας πρός κατανόησιν τῶν θείων, προηγουμένως οὐ χρῄζων, μόνην τήν ἁπλῆν τῆς ἑνοειδοῦς καί ἁπλῆς καί συνεκτικῆς τῶν μετά Θεόν ἀρετῆς τε καί γνώσεως ἔχων προβολήν, τῆς ἐπ᾿ ἐνεργείᾳ μόνης κινήσεως πρός ἔκφανσιν αὐθαίρετον χρῄζουσαν.

English

The first man therefore had nothing interposed between God and himself for knowledge, nothing to hinder the kinship with God that was to come about through love by his own free choice in his movement toward God; and for this reason he was called by the teacher "naked in his simplicity," as being above every natural inquiry, and "in uncontrived life," as being pure from any life that stands in need of arts, and "without any covering and pretext," as being free from the passionate entanglement of the senses with sensible things—until he was later justly brought into subjection, having fallen short by his own falling short, and having freely chosen to become empty of all things instead of being full, coming to be below what he had naturally been above.

ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION CONCERNING HIM. Another contemplation concerning him.

Or perhaps he was "naked," as the teacher says, of the varied contemplation and knowledge concerning nature, and "in uncontrived life," being outside the manifold method concerning practice and virtue, having in his state the undefiled principles of the virtues, and "without any covering and pretext," not needing in the first place the understanding of things that appear, based on the senses, for the comprehension of divine things, having only the simple projection of the unified and simple and cohesive virtue and knowledge that come after God, of the movement in activity alone, which needs free choice for its manifestation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:43 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀμέλει γοῦν ὅσοι φιλοσόφῳ λόγῳ τῆς τοῦ προπάτορος ἐγείρειν ἑαυτούς βούλονται παραπτώσεως, πρῶτον ἀπάρχονται τῆς τῶν παθῶν παντελοῦς ἀφαιρέσεως, εἶθ᾿ οὕτως τῆς περί τούς λόγους τῶν τεχνῶν ἀσχολίας, καί τέλος τήν φυσικήν ὑπερκύψαντες θεωρίαν εἰς τήν ἄϋλον παρακύπτουσι γνῶσιν, τήν μή ἔχουσαν παντελῶς αἰσθήσει τυπουμένην μορφήν, ἤ νόημα προφορᾷ λόγου χωρούμενον, καθώς ἐξ ἀρχῆς τόν πρῶτον ἄνθρωπον ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός, γυμνοί τῇ ἁπλότητι τῆς γνώσεως καί τῇ ἀπορισπάστω ζωῇ, καί τῇ νεκρώσει τοῦ νόμου τῆς σαρκός γενόμενοι. Ἦν μέντοι καί κατ᾿ ἄλλον τρόπον ὑψηλοτέρως θεωρῆσαι τό προκείμενον ἄπορον, ἀλλά παρείσθω τά νῦν δι᾿ ἥν ὁ ἀρχόμενος τοῦ λόγου προεῖπον αἰτίαν.

ΡΙΘ (119)...».ΩΣ ΗΛΙΟΝ ΔΙΚΑΙΟΣΥΝΗΣ, Ή ΕΚΕΙΘΕΝ ΟΡΜΩΜΕΝΟΝ, Ή ΤΩ ΟΡΩΜΕΝΩ ΠΕΡΙΓΡΑΠΤΟΝ..».

Τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τό· «Ἐνιαύσιον δέ, ὡς ἥλιον δικαιοσύνης, ἤ ἐκεῖθεν ὁρμώμενον, ἤ τῷ ὁρωμένῳ περιγραπτόν».

Πολλαί τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν εἰσιν αἱ προσηγορίαι, καί πολύτροπος ὁ ἐφ᾿ ἑκάστῃ κατά τήν αὐτῆς ἐπίνοιαν τῆς κατά θεωρίαν ἀναγωγῆς καθέστηκεν τρόπος, διά τό πολλάς κατά τήν φυσικήν θεωρίαν τοῦ παραδειγματικῶς εἰς προσηγορίαν τοῦ Κυρίου λαμβανομένου πράγματος ἐπιδέχεσθαι δύνασθαι θεωρημάτων ἐπιβολάς. Ὥσπερ ἀμέλει καί τό νῦν προκείμενον ἡμῖν ἄπορον ἔχει. Πολλούς γάρ ὅσους οὐδέπω δυνατοῦ τυγχάνοντος τοῦ λόγου θεωρημάτων περί τοῦ ἡλίου τρόπους ἐκθέσθαι διά τό σύντομον, καθ᾿ ἥν ὁ διδάσκαλος αὐτό ἐπίνοιαν ἐθεώρησε, καί ἡμεῖς θεωρήσωμεν, τά συνεπτυγμένως αὐτῷ δηλονότι ῥηθέντα κατά δύναμιν ἐξαπλοῦντες.

English

To be sure, then, all who wish by philosophical reasoning to rouse themselves from the fall of the first man begin first with the complete removal of the passions, then with the occupation with the accounts of the arts, and finally, having risen above natural contemplation, they peer into immaterial knowledge, which has no form at all stamped by sense perception, nor a concept conveyed by the utterance of speech, just as God made the first man from the beginning—naked in the simplicity of knowledge and in a life free from distraction, and having become so by the mortification of the law of the flesh. It was possible, however, to contemplate the present difficulty in another and higher way as well, but let these things be passed over for now, for the reason I stated at the beginning of the discourse.

119. ... "as a sun of righteousness," either proceeding from there, or circumscribed by what is seen...

Of the same discourse, on the words: "And the yearly one, as a sun of righteousness, either proceeding from there, or circumscribed by what is seen."

Many are the titles of our Savior, and manifold is the manner of the anagogical interpretation in each, according to its own conception, because the thing taken by way of example for the title of the Lord admits, according to natural contemplation, many possible apprehensions of contemplative truths. Just so, indeed, does the present difficulty before us also stand. For since it is not yet possible to set forth in order all the ways of contemplation concerning the sun, on account of the brevity of the conception by which the teacher contemplated it, let us too contemplate it, unfolding as far as we are able the things stated by him in condensed form.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:44 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐνιαυτός τοίνυν ἐστί κατά τούς ἁγίους καί σοφούς ἡμῶν διδασκάλους ἡ τοῦ ἡλίου ἀπό τοῦ αὐτοῦ σημείου εἰς τό αὐτό σημεῖον ἀποκατάστασις, τῆς κατά χρόνον πενταπλῆς ἰδιότητος περιεκτική. Ὁ γάρ χρόνος εἰς ἡμέραν καί ἑβδομάδα καί μῆνα καί καιρόν καί ἐνιαυτόν μερίζεσθαί τε καί συνάγεται· καί ὁ ἐνιαυτός ὡσαύτως, εἰς ὥραν καί ἡμέραν καί ἑβδομάδα καί μῆνα καί καιρόν, συνεχοῦς καί ἀδιαστάτου τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτόν μενούσης κινήσεως, περί ἥν αἱ κατά τήν ἀλλοίωσιν διαιρέσεις θεωρούμεναι τήν συνεχῆ καί ἀδιάστατον ἠρίθμησαν τοῦ χρόνου κίνησιν.

Εἰ δή τούτῳ τῷ τρόπω παρ᾿ ἡμῖν κατά τήν τοῦ ἡλίου φοράν ἐνιαυτός γίνεται, ἐνιαυτός δηλαδή Κυρίου δεκτός ἐστι πάντως, ὡς γέγραπται, κατά τόν τῆς ἀλληγορίας τρόπον, ἡ πᾶσα τῶν αἰώνων παράτασις, ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ἧς εὐδόκησεν ὁ Θεός οὐσιῶσαι τά ὄντα, καί τοῖς μή οὖσιν ὕπαρξιν δοῦναι, καί διά τῆς προνοίας, ὥσπερ τις νοητός ἥλιος τῆς πρός διαμονήν συνεχούσης τό πᾶν δυνάμεως, συγκαταβατικῶς ἐφεῖναι τήν ἀκτίνα ἀνεχόμενος, ποικίλαι τούς τρόπους ἀξιώσας πρός τελεσφόρησιν

English

A year, then, according to our holy and wise teachers, is the return of the sun from the same point to the same point, encompassing the fivefold property according to time. For time is both divided and gathered into a day and a week and a month and a season and a year; and the year likewise, into an hour and a day and a week and a month and a season, its motion remaining continuous and uninterrupted, in relation to which the divisions observed in accordance with change have numbered the continuous and uninterrupted motion of time.

If, then, in this way a year comes to be among us according to the course of the sun, a year acceptable to the Lord is certainly, as it is written, in the manner of allegory, the whole extent of the ages, from the beginning when God was pleased to give substance to the things that are, and to give existence to the things that are not, and through providence, like some intelligible sun of the power that keeps the whole together for permanence, condescendingly allowing his ray to be sent forth, having deemed various the ways for fruition

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:45 · narrative
Source · Greek

ὧν τοῖς οὖσιν οἰκείων κατέσπειρεν ἀγαθῶν μέχρι τῆς πάντων ἀποπερατώσεως τῶν αἰώνων, καθ᾿ ἥν συλλέξει τῆς οἰκείας σπορᾶς τούς καρπούς ζιζανίων ἀμιγεῖς καί πάσης ἀχυρώδους ἄχνης καί συμφορήσεως καθαρούς, καί ὁ σύμπας τῆς τῶν κινουμένων κινήσεως περαιωθήσεται λόγος, λαβόντων τῶν ἀξίων τήν ἐπηγγελμένην τῆς θεώσεως ἐσχάτην μακαριότητα. " Ἥλιος" οὖν "δικαιοσύνης" ὁ Κύριος προσηγόρευται, ὡς ποιητής καί συντελεστής τῶν αἰώνων, καί ὡς ἀρχή πάντων καί τέλος, καί τῆς πενταπλῆς κατά τήν πρόνοιαν τῶν προνοουμένων σοφῆς εὐταξίας δημιουργός, καί ὡς πληρῶν τά πάντα φωτός ἀϊδίου ταῖς ἀνεκλείπτοις ἐπιβολαῖς τῆς ἀγαθότητος, καί τούς εὑρύνοντας πρός ὑποδοχήν τῆς αὐτοῦ μακαρίας ἀκτῖνος τούς ἑαυτῶν νοητούς πόρους πεπείρους καί ἐδωδίμους τῷ Θεῷ καί Πατρί ποιούμενος. Ὁ αὐτός δέ καί ἐνιαυτός ἐστι Κυρίου δεκτός, ὡς διά πάντων τῶν σωζομένων πληρούμενος κατά τήν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ νοητῶς γινομένην πεντάτροπον κίνησιν, ὡς Ἡλίου δικαιοσύνης, ἥντινα νοήσει πάντως ὁ διά τῆς τῶν φαινομένων ἀκριβοῦς κατά λόγον φυσικῆς θεωρίας τήν τῶν νοουμένων πνευματικήν ἐπιστήμην συλλεγόμενος. Ἐκεῖθεν δέ "ὁρμώμενος" εἴρηται τῷ διδασκάλῳ, " ἤ τῷ ὁρωμένῳ περιγραπτός», ἤ ὡς φῶς ἐκ φωτός, καί Θεός ἀληθινός ἐκ Θεοῦ κατ᾿ οὐσίαν ἀληθινοῦ τοῦ Πατρός γεννητῶς ὁρμώμενος, ἤ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ αὐτός τῷ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ὁρωμένῳ τῆς φύσεως εἴδει περιγραπτός, καθάπερ ἥλιος ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ὁρμώμενος τῷ φαινομένῳ δισκοειδεῖ σώματι περιγέγραπται. ΡΚ (120)...». ΘΑΥΜΑΣΤΟΝ ΟΥΔΕΝ ΕΙ ΜΑΛΙΣΤΑ ΚΑΤ' ΟΙΚΟΝ ΕΚΑΣΤΟΝ ΕΠΙΖΗΤΕΙΤΑΙ ΤΟ ΠΡΟΒΑΤΟΝ»

English

He sowed the good things proper to existing things until the consummation of all the ages, at which he will gather the fruits of his own sowing unmixed with tares and clean from all chaff-like husk and refuse, and the whole account of the motion of things moved will be brought to its end, when those who are worthy receive the promised final blessedness of deification. The Lord, then, is called the "Sun of righteousness," as maker and perfecter of the ages, and as beginning of all things and end, and as craftsman of the fivefold wise good order of things providentially cared for according to providence, and as one who fills all things with light eternal by the unceasing assaults of his goodness, and who makes those who widen their own intelligible pores to receive his blessed ray ripe and edible to God and the Father. The same is also the acceptable year of the Lord, as being fulfilled through all those who are saved according to the fivefold motion that takes place intelligibly by him, as of the Sun of righteousness—which he will surely understand who gathers the spiritual knowledge of things intelligible through the precise natural contemplation according to reason of things that appear. Thence he is said by the teacher to be "setting out," either as "bounded by what is seen," or as light from light and true God from God, setting out by generation from the Father who is true in essence, or as man, the same being bounded by the form of nature that is seen among us, just as the sun setting out from the heaven is bounded by the visible disk-shaped body. RK (120)...». IT IS NO WONDER IF THE SHEEP IS ESPECIALLY SOUGHT OUT BY EACH ONE AT HOME»

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:46 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τό· «Θαυμαστόν οὐδέν εἰ μάλιστα κατ᾿ οἶκον ἕκαστον ἐπιζητεῖται τό πρόβατον».

Εἴποι δ᾿ ἄν τις, καί εὐλόγως, ὡς οἶμαι, τυχόν, Εἴπερ εἷς ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός ὁ διά νόμου καί προφητῶν καί τῆς κατά τήν κτίσιν μεγαλειότητος μυστικῶς τοῖς ἀκούειν πνευματικῶς καί ὁρᾷν δυναμένοις κηρυττόμενος, πῶς τόν τύπον ὁ νόμος ἐπιτελῶν τοῦ Χριστοῦ πολλά πρόβατα κελεύει θύεσθαι κατ᾿ οἴκους πατριῶν; Πρός ὅν φαμεν, ὡς εἴπερ αὐτόν δεξοίμεθα τόν λόγον, νοητῶς τῶν ὤτων τῆς ψυχῆς καί τῶν ὀμμάτων ἁπτόμενον, καί διανοίγοντα ταῦτα πρός ὑποδοχήν μέν καί θεωρίαν τῶν αὐτοῦ μυστηρίων, ἐκδίκησιν δέ πάσης παρακοῆς καί ἀποστροφήν πάσης ματαιότητος, γνοίημεν πάντως τό μυστικόν βούλημα τῆς ἁγίας Γραφῆς, τῷ προκειμένῳ συνάψαντες ὅμοιον ἐκ τοῦ ἁγίου Ἀποστόλου φάσκοντος, τό· Οὐδέν ἔκρινα εἰδέναι ἐν ὑμῖν, εἰ μή Χριστόν Ἰησοῦν, καί τοῦτον ἐσταυρωμένον. Ὥσπερ οὖν ἕκαστος τῶν πεπιστευκότων τῷ Χριστῷ κατά τήν οἰκείαν δύναμιν καί τήν ὑποκειμένην αὐτῷ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἕξιν τε καί ποιότητα σταυροῦταί τε καί συσταυροῖ ἑαυτῷ τόν Χριστόν, Χριστῷ δηλονότι πνευματικῶς συσταυρούμενος. Ἄλλος γάρ κατ᾿ ἄλλον ἀρετῆς τρόπον ἑαυτῷ κατάληλον ποιεῖται τήν σταύρωσιν· ὁ μέν μόνῃ σταυρούμενος τῇ κατ᾿ ἐνέργειαν ἁμαρτίᾳ, καί ταύτην νεκρῶν τῷ φόβῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ προσηλωμένην· ὁ δέ καί αὐτοῖς τοῖς πάθεσι σταυρούμενος καί τάς δυνάμεις τῆς ψυχῆς ἐξιώμενος· ὁ δέ καί αὐταῖς τῶν παθῶν ταῖς φαντασίαις, οὐκ ἐῶν τάς αἰσθήσεις ἀφέτους, πρός ὑποδοχήν τινος τῶν κατά ταῦτα μετεωρισμῶν· ὁ δέ καί τοῖς περί τά πάθη λογισμοῖς καί ἐνθυμήμασιν·

English

From the same discourse, on the text: "It is no wonder if the sheep is sought especially in each house."

Someone might say, and reasonably, as I think, perhaps: If Christ is one, who is mystically proclaimed through the law and the prophets and the majesty of creation to those able to hear and see spiritually, how is it that the law, fulfilling the type of Christ, commands many sheep to be sacrificed in the houses of the fathers? To this we say that if we would receive the word itself, touching spiritually the ears of the soul and the eyes, and opening these for the reception and contemplation of his mysteries, and for the avenging of all disobedience and the turning away from all vanity, we would surely know the mystical will of Holy Scripture, having joined to the present text a similar one from the holy Apostle, who says: "I determined not to know anything among you except Jesus Christ, and him crucified." Just as, then, each of those who have believed in Christ, according to his own capacity and the disposition and quality of virtue that lies within him, is crucified and co-crucifies Christ with himself—being crucified with Christ, clearly, in a spiritual sense. For one man makes his crucifixion appropriate to himself in one way of virtue, another in another: one is crucified only to sin in its activity, putting it to death, nailed fast by the fear of God; another is crucified even to the passions themselves and heals the powers of the soul; another is crucified even to the very fantasies of the passions, not allowing the senses to be let loose to receive any of the elevations that come through them; another is crucified even to the thoughts and deliberations concerning the passions.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:47 · narrative
Source · Greek

ὁ δέ καί τῇ κατ᾿ αἴσθησιν ἀπάτῃ· ἄλλος δέ καί τήν πρός τά αἰσθητά τῶν αἰσθήσεων διά τῆς φυσικῆς οἰκειότητος σταυρούμενος ἀποτίθεται σχέσιν· ἄλλος δέ καί πᾶσαν καθολικῶς αἰσθητικήν τῷ σταυρῷ κατασβέννυσι κίνησιν, πρός τό μηδέν ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ τό παράπαν φυσικῶς ἐνεργούμενον· ἄλλος δέ καί αὐτῆς τῆς κατά νοῦν ἀποπαύεται παντελῶς ἐνεργείας,

καί ἵνα τό μεῖζον εἴπω, ὁ μέν τῇ πρακτικῇ σταυρούμενος φιλοσοφίᾳ δι᾿ ἀπαθείας, καί πρός τήν ἐν πνεύματι φυσικήν θεωρίαν ὥσπερ ἀπό τινος σαρκός τοῦ Χριστοῦ πρός τήν ψυχήν αὐτοῦ μεταβαίνων, ὁ δέ καί τῇ φυσικῇ θεωρίᾳ νεκρούμενος, διά τῆς ἀποβολῆς τῆς κατά νοῦν περί τά ὄντα συμβολικῆς θεωρίας, καί πρός τήν ἑνοειδῆ καί ἁπλῆν τῆς θεολογικῆς ἐπιστήμης μυσταγωγίαν ὥσπερ ἀπό τινος ψυχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ πρός τόν νοῦν αὐτοῦ μετατιθέμενος, ὁ δέ καί ἀπό ταύτης εἰς τήν δι᾿ ἀποφάσεως παντελοῦς ἄῤῥητον ἀφαιρετικήν ἀοριστίαν ὥσπερ ἀπό τινος ψυχῆς τοῦ Χριστοῦ νοός πρός τήν αὐτοῦ θεότητα μυστικῶς ἀναγόμενος· Ἕκαστος, ὡς ἔφην, κατά τήν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν, καί τήν κατ᾿ ἀξίαν χορηγουμένην αὐτῷ τάς ὑψηλάς διά τῆς πρός πάντα νεκρώσεως ἀναβάσεις ποιούμενον, οὕτως καί τόν θεῖον ἀμνόν ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ὡς ἐν οἰκίᾳ τινί τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἁρμοζούσης αὐτῷ καταστάσεως θύει τε τόν ἀμνόν καί μεταλαμβάνει τῶν αὐτοῦ σαρκῶν, καί ἐμφορεῖται τοῦ Ἰησοῦ.

English

One person does so also by the deception that comes through the senses; another crucifies and sets aside the soul's attachment to sensible things through the natural affinity of the senses; another wholly extinguishes every sensory movement by the cross, so as to have nothing at all within himself that is naturally active; another ceases entirely even from the activity that is according to the intellect, and—to speak of the greater thing—one person, crucified by the practical philosophy through dispassion, passes over, as it were, from the flesh of Christ to his soul, to the natural contemplation that is in the Spirit; another is put to death even by natural contemplation, through the setting aside of the symbolic contemplation of beings that is according to the intellect, and is transferred, as it were, from the soul of Christ to his intellect, to the unified and simple initiation of the theological knowledge; another is led up mysteriously from this, as it were, from the intellect of Christ's soul to his divinity, into the wholly ineffable, apophatic indeterminacy that comes through negation. Each one, as I said, according to his own capacity and the measure worthily granted to him, makes the lofty ascents through the mortification of all things; and so each of us, in his own rank, as in a kind of house, of the state of virtue that suits him, both sacrifices the divine lamb and partakes of his flesh, and is filled with Jesus.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:48 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἑκάστου γάρ ἴδιος γίνεται ἀμνός Χριστός Ἰησοῦς, ὡς ἕκαστος χωρεῖν τε καί ἐσθίειν αὐτόν δύναται, ἴδιος, Παύλου τοῦ μεγάλου τῆς ἀληθείας κήρυκος, καί ἰδιοτρόπως ἴδιος ἑκάστου τῶν ἁγίων κατά τό μέτρον τῆς ἐν ἑκάστῳ πίστεως, καί τήν ἐπιχορηγουμένην χάριν τοῦ Πνεύματος, ᾧ μέν οὕτως, ᾧ δέ οὕτως, εὑρισκόμενος ὅλος ὅλῳ, πᾶσι δέ πάντα γινόμενος.

ΡΚΑ (121)...» ΜΕΤΑ ΤΩΝ ΕΝΔΟΣΘΙΩΝ ΚΑΙ ΤΩΝ ΚΡΥΦΙΩΝ ΤΟΥ ΝΟΥ ΒΡΩΘΗΣΕΤΑΙ ΚΑΙ ΕΙΣ ΠΕΨΙΝ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου εἰς τό· «Ὅσον μέν σαρκῶδες τοῦ λόγου καί τρόφιμον, μετά τῶν ἐνδοσθίων καί τῶν κρυφίων τοῦ νοῦ βρωθήσεται καί εἰς πέψιν πνευματικήν ἀναδοθήσεται».

Ὅ πᾶσαν μετά σοφίας φύσιν ὑποστήσας Θεός, καί πρώτην ἑκάστῃ τῶν λογικῶν οὐσιῶν δύναμιν τήν αὐτοῦ γνῶσιν κρυφίως ἐνθέμενος, δέδωκε καί ἡμῖν τοῖς ταπεινοῖς ἀνθρώποις, ὡς μεγαλόδωρος Δεσπότης, κατά φύσιν τόν εἰς αὐτόν πόθον καί ἔρωτα, συνεπιπλέξας αὐτῷ φυσικῶς τοῦ λόγου τήν δύναμιν, ἐφ᾿ ᾧ δυνηθῆναι μετά ῥᾳστώνης γνῶναι τούς τρόπους τῆς τοῦ πόθου πληρώσεως, καί μή παρασφαλέντας διαμαρτεῖν οὗ τυχεῖν ἀγωνιζόμεθα. Κατά τοῦτον οὖν κινούμενοι τόν πόθον περί τε τῆς ἀληθείας αὐτῆς καί τῆς εὐτάκτως τοῖς ὅλοις ἐμφαινομένης σοφίας τε καί διοικήσεως ζητεῖν ἐναγόμεθα ἐκείνου τυχεῖν, διά τούτων γλιχόμενοι, οὗ χάριν τόν πόθον ἐλάβομεν.

English

For Christ Jesus becomes each person’s own lamb, as each is able to receive and eat him—his own, for Paul the great herald of the truth, and in a peculiar way his own for each of the saints according to the measure of the faith in each and the grace supplied by the Spirit, being found whole for the whole, in one way for one and in another way for another, and becoming all things to all.

“...with the inner and hidden parts of the mind it will be eaten and given over to digestion...”

From the same discourse, on the words: “As much of the word as is fleshly and nourishing will be eaten with the inner and hidden parts of the mind and given over to spiritual digestion.”

God, who established every nature with wisdom and secretly placed in each rational essence as its first power the knowledge of himself, has also given to us lowly humans, as a generous Master, the longing and love for himself according to nature, having naturally intertwined with it the power of reason, so that we might be able with ease to know the ways of the fulfillment of that longing and, without going astray, not miss what we strive to attain. Moved, then, by this longing, we are led to seek concerning the truth itself and the wisdom and governance that appear in an orderly way throughout all things, longing through these to attain that for the sake of which we received the longing.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:49 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί τοῦτο μυστικῶς ἐγνωκότες οἱ φιλομαθεῖς καί φιλότιμοι τῆς ἀληθείας ἐρασταί μίαν ἐστήσαντο σχολήν καί προσεδρείαν ἑαυτοῖς τήν περί τούτου φιλόπονον ἄσκησιν, ἀκριβῶς ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς τῶν πραγμάτων τῆς ἀληθοῦς κατανοήσεώς τε καί ἀκολουθίας μαθόντες ὡς, εἴπερ κατά τόν αἰῶνα τοῦτον ποσῶς δι’ εὐσεβῶν θεωρημάτων τήν μέλλουσαν ἀλήθειαν εἰκονίσαιντο, καί τόν πόθον πληροφορήσουσιν, ἑτοιμοτέραν ὡς τοῖς ἐνταῦθα καλῶς γυμνασθεῖσαν τήν ψυχήν ἐσχηκότες, ἀκμητί μετά τόν βίον τοῦτον ἐπί τήν μέλλουσαν ἀλήθειαν μεταβήσονται, σκιαγραφηθεῖσαν αὐτοῖς ἤδη καλῶς διά τῶν θειοτέρων νοημάτων, ἄγοντος αὐτούς ἐπ’ αὐτήν δηλαδή τήν ἀλήθειαν τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, καί ἁπλῆν καί ἀρίδηλον καί δίχα πάσης ἀπορίας, συμβολικῆς τε ποικιλίας καί πάσης αἰνιγματώδους ἀσαφείας, αὐτοῖς παραδεικνύντος, ἀποδρασάσης αὐτοῖς ὥσπερ ἐπί τῆς πρακτικῆς ἀρετῆς ὀδύνης καί λύπης καί στεναγμοῦ διά τήν ἀπάθειαν, οὕτω καί ἐπί τῆς θεωρητικῆς γνώσεως, ἀσαφείας πάσης καί ἀπορίας, διά τήν σοφίαν, προστεθείσης αὐτοῖς, ἐντεῦθεν λαβοῦσι τάς ὑποτυπώσεις αὐτῆς, τηνικαῦτα γυμνῆς τῆς ἀληθείας. Παντί γάρ, φησί,

English

And those who love learning and are lovers of the truth, having understood this mystically, established for themselves one school and one devoted pursuit—the diligent exercise concerning this—having learned accurately from the very nature of things both the true understanding and the sequence, namely that if in this present age they have in some measure imaged the truth to come through pious contemplations, they will also fulfill their longing, having kept their soul more ready, as one well trained here, and will pass without weariness after this life to the truth that is to come, already well sketched out for them through the more divine thoughts, with the truth of God and our Savior Jesus Christ himself leading them to it, and showing it to them plain and manifest and without any perplexity, free from symbolic variety and all enigmatic obscurity—just as in the practical virtue pain and grief and groaning have fled from them because of impassibility, so also in contemplative knowledge all obscurity and perplexity have been removed because of wisdom, since they received from here the outlines of it, at that time of naked truth. For to everyone, he says,

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:50 · narrative
Source · Greek

τῷ ἔχοντι, δηλονότι τόν περί τῶν μελλόντων πόθον, δοθήσεται, καί προτεθήσεται πάντως ἡ τῶν αἰωνίων ἀγαθῶν ἀπόλαυσις.

Πλούσιος γάρ ὑπάρχων ὁ Θεός ἡμῶν οὐδέποτε λήγει τοῖς ἀγαπῶσιν αὐτόν τά θεῖα διανέμων δῶρα τῆς γνώσεως, ἅπερ οὐδ᾿ ὀνομάζειν κατά τόν αἰῶνα τοῦτον δυνάμεθα, διά τό αὐτῶν ὕψος καί μέγεθος, εἴπερ ἀληθεύει φάσκων περί τῆς ἐσχάτης μακαριότητος ὁ μέγας Ἀπόστολος ὑπεράνω παντός ὀνόματος ὀνομαζομένου αὐτήν εἶναι, οὐ μόνον ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τούτῳ, ἀλλά καί ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι τήν μετά πᾶσαν πάντων τῶν χαρισμάτων διανομήν τε καί ἀνάβασιν δειχθησομένην τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀκροτάτην κορυφήν αἰνιττόμενος, τήν μηδενί λόγῳ ἤ νῷ ῥηθῆναι ἤ γνωσθῆναι δυναμένην, τόν τε κατά τόν αἰῶνα τοῦτον ἡμῖν ἐφικτῶν, τῶν τε κατά τόν μέλλοντα δειχθησομένων, καί ὀνομασθῆναι καί γνωσθῆναι τυχόν ἡμῖν δυναμένων. Ἀεί γάρ ὁ διεληλυθώς τούς οὐρανούς Ἰησοῦς, ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος, καί ὑπεράνων πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν γενόμενος, τούς ἀκολουθοῦντας αὐτῷ διά πράξεως καί θεωρίας μεταβιβάζει τε καί μετατίθησιν ἀπό τῶν ἡττόνων ἐπί τά κρείττονα, καί ἀπό τούτων πάλιν ἐπί τά ἔτι τούτων ἀνώτερα, καί ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, ἐπιλείψει με ὁ χρόνος λέγοντα τάς θείας τῶν ἀγίων ἀναβάσεις τε καί ἀποκαλύψεις κατά τήν ἀπό δόξης εἰς δόξαν ἀλλοίωσιν, ἕως ἕκαστος τήν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ τάγματι, ἁρμόζουσαν δέξοιτο θέωσιν.

English

To the one who has it—clearly, the longing for things to come—it will be given, and the enjoyment of eternal goods will certainly be set before him.

For our God, being rich, never ceases distributing to those who love him the divine gifts of knowledge, which we cannot even name in this age, because of their height and magnitude—if indeed the great Apostle speaks truth when he says concerning the final blessedness that it is above every name that is named, not only in this age but also in the one to come, hinting at the highest summit of goods that will be shown after the distribution and ascent of all gifts, which cannot be spoken or known by any word or mind—both those attainable by us in this age and those that will be shown in the age to come and that perhaps can be named and known by us. For Jesus, the Word of God, who has passed through the heavens, always goes above all the heavens, and those who follow him through practice and contemplation he transfers and moves from lesser things to better, and from these again to things still higher than these; and, simply put, time will fail me as I speak of the divine ascents and revelations of the saints according to the change from glory to glory, until each one receives the deification suited to his own rank.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:51 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τόν τοίνυν προῤῥηθέντα περί Θεοῦ φυσικόν πόθον ἔχοντας ἡμᾶς εἰδώς οὗτος ὁ μέγας διδάσκαλος προτρέπει τε πάντας καί καλεῖ διά τῆς αὐτοῦ διδασκαλίας πρός τήν πνευματικήν βρῶσιν τοῦ ὑπέρ ἡμῶν σφαγιασθέντος ἀμνοῦ, φυλάξαι τε εὐκρινῶς καί εὐχρήστως ὑποτίθεται τῶν αὐτοῦ, τοῦ ἀμνοῦ δηλονότι, μελῶν τήν ἁρμονίαν ἄθραυστον καί ἀσύμφυρτον, ἵνα μή κατακριθῶμεν ὡς διασπῶντες καί διασπαράττοντες τήν εὔθετον ἁρμονίαν τοῦ θείου σώματος, ἤ θρασέως, ὡς ὑπέρ δύναμιν, ἤ ἀνιέρως, ὡς παρά δύναμιν, τοῦ ἀμνοῦ καί Λόγου τάς σάρκας ἐσθίοντες· ἀλλ᾿ ἕκαστος κατά τήν αὐτοῦ δύναμίν τε καί τάξιν, καί τήν ἐπιβάλλουσαν αὐτῷ χάριν τοῦ Πνεύματος, μεταλαμβανέτω τοῦ θείου Λόγου κατά τήν ἑκάστου μέλους ἐπίνοιαν. Οἷον κεφαλῆς μέν ὁ ἐξ ἀναποδείκτων ἀρχῶν ἀφέτους παντελῶς ἔχουσαν τούς περί θεολογίας λόγους πίστιν κεκτημένος μεταλήψεται, ἐξ ἧς τό πᾶν σῶμα τῶν ἀρετῶν τε καί τῶν γνώσεων συμβιβαζόμενον αὔξει τήν πνευματικήν αὔξησιν. Ὤτων δέ μεταλήψεται ὁ τούς θείους λόγους πνευματικῶς μετ᾿ ἐπιστήμης ὑποδεχόμενος, καί εὐπειθής καί ὑπήκοος Θεῷ δι᾿ αὐτούς μέχρι θανάτου διά τῶν ἔργων γινόμενος· ὀφθαλμῶν δέ, ὁ τήν κτίσιν πνευματικῶς κατανοῶν, καί πάντας τούς κατ᾿ αἴσθησίν τε καί νοῦν λόγους ἀπροσκόπως εἰς μίαν δόξης Θεοῦ συνάγων ἐκπλήρωσιν. Στήθους δέ μεταλήψεται ὁ τήν καρδίαν θεολογικῶν πληρώσας θεωρημάτων, κατά τόν μέγαν εὐαγγελιστήν Ἰωάννην, καί πηγῆς ἀεννάου δίκην τόν περιεκτικόν τῆς τοῦ παντός προνοίας εὐσεβῶς προχέων τοῖς μανθάνουσι λόγον τε καί τρόπον.

English

Knowing, therefore, that we possess the natural longing for God that was spoken of before, this great teacher exhorts and calls all through his teaching to the spiritual food of the Lamb slain for us, and he suggests that we keep clearly and profitably the harmony of his members—of the Lamb, that is—unbroken and unmixed, so that we may not be condemned as tearing apart and rending the well-ordered harmony of the divine body, or as eating the flesh of the Lamb and Word boldly, beyond our power, or impiously, against our power; but let each one, according to his own power and order and the grace of the Spirit that falls to him, partake of the divine Word according to the meaning of each member. For example, the head: he who has acquired a faith in matters of theology that is wholly free, from unproven principles, will partake of it, from which the whole body of virtues and knowledges, being joined together, grows with spiritual growth. The ears: he who receives the divine words spiritually with knowledge, and becomes obedient and subject to God through them, through works, unto death. The eyes: he who contemplates creation spiritually, and without stumbling gathers all the principles perceived by sense and by mind into one fulfillment of the glory of God. The breast: he who has filled his heart with theological contemplations, according to the great evangelist John, and, like an ever-flowing spring, piously pours out to those who learn the comprehensive word of the providence of the universe, both in word and in manner.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:52 · narrative
Source · Greek

Χειρῶν δ᾿ αὖ μεταλαμβάνει δεόντως ὁ μηδέν τῶν κατ᾿ ἐντολήν ἀνειμένως ἔργων καί ἠμελημένως ἐπιτελῶν, ἀλλ᾿ ὅλην ἔχων ἑτοίμην καί εὔτονον πρός ἐκπλήρωσιν τῶν θείων νόμων τῆς ψυχῆς τήν κατά τήν πρᾶξιν ἐνέργειαν· κοιλίας δέ, ὀ τό γόνιμον τῆς ψυχῆς ἀείβλυστον ἔχων, καί πληθυνόμενος τοῖς πνευματικοῖς θεωρήμασι, καί ἀκατάσβεστον τόν καυστικώτατον τῆς πρός τήν θείαν συνουσίαν ἀπαθοῦς ἐφέσεως ἔρωτα κεκτημένος. Ἐνδοσθίων δέ μεταλήψεται προσηκόντως, ὁ τῇ κρυφιωτέρᾳ ζητήσει τε καί γνώσει τοῦ νοῦ τά βάθη τοῦ Θεοῦ διερευνώμενος, καί ἀποῤῥήτων ἐμφορούμενος μυστηρίων. Τολμήσει τι μεῖζον ὁ λόγος. Τῶν κάτω τοῦ Λόγου μερῶν μεταλαμβανέτω σωφρόνως, ὁ λογικῶς κατά τῆς ὕλης ἱστάμενος, καί παντάπασιν ἀμόλυντον μετά τῆς ψυχῆς τήν σάρκα διατηρῶν, καί ὅλον ἀπαραλείπτως αὐτῇ τόν

Λόγον ταῖς ἀρεταῖς διαμορφῶν σάρκα γενόμενον. Μηρῶν δέ μεταλήψεται ὁ τόν λόγον ἐπικείμενον ἔχων τῷ τῆς ψυχῆς παθητικῷ μέρει, καί παντελῶς ἐκτέμνων αὐτῆς τήν πρόσυλον κίνησιν· γονάτων δέ, ὁ πρός τούς κειμένους καί ἀσθενοῦντας τῇ πίστει συμπαθῶς κατά πρόνοιαν ἐπικλινόμενος, καί τήν πρός ἡμᾶς τοῦ Λόγου μιμούμενος συγκατάβασιν. Κνημῶν δέ καί ποδῶν μεταλαμβανέτω πρός τούτοις, ὁ ἐπί τῆς πίστεως καί τῆς ἀρετῆς καί τῆς γνώσεως ἀσαλεύτους ἔχων τῆς ψυχῆς τάς βάσεις καί ἀκλονήτους, καί κατά σκοπόν πρός τό βραβεῖον τῆς ἄνω κλήσεως ἐπειγόμενος, καί τῆς ἀγνοίας τά ὄρη καί τούς βουνούς τῆς κακίας ὑπερπηδῶν μετά τοῦ Λόγου καί διαλλόμενος.

English

He rightly partakes of the hands, in turn, who fulfills none of the works according to the commandment in a slack and negligent manner, but who keeps the whole active energy of the soul in the practical life ready and vigorous for the fulfillment of the divine laws. And he partakes of the belly, who keeps the ever-gushing generative power of the soul, and is multiplied by spiritual contemplations, and possesses the most burning and inextinguishable love of the passionless longing for union with the divine. And he will worthily partake of the inward parts, who by the more secret inquiry and knowledge of the mind searches out the depths of God and is filled with ineffable mysteries. The word will dare something greater. Let him who stands rationally against matter partake soberly of the lower parts of the Word, and who keeps the flesh together with the soul altogether undefiled, and who without omission forms in it the whole Word through the virtues, having become flesh. And he will partake of the thighs, who has the word resting upon the passionate part of the soul, and who utterly cuts off its material motion. And of the knees, he who in providence compassionately bends down to those who lie sick in faith, and who imitates the condescension of the Word toward us. And let him partake, in addition to these, of the shins and feet, who keeps the foundations of the soul unshaken and unmoved in faith and virtue and knowledge, and who hastens according to his goal toward the prize of the upward calling, and who leaps over the mountains of ignorance and the hills of wickedness with the Word and springs across them.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:53 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἀλλά τίς δυνήσεται πάσας τοῦ Σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Θεοῦ τάς δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐπινοίας ἐξαριθμῆσαι καθ᾿ ἅς ἐδώδιμον ἑαυτόν καί μεταληπτόν ἀναλόγως ἑκάστῳ πεποίηκεν. Ἔτι γάρ ἔχει πρός τούτοις πᾶσιν ὁ Κύριος βοστρύχους, καί ῥῖνας, καί χείλη, τράχηλόν τε, καί ὤμους, καί δακτύλους, καί ὅσα τῆς ἡμετέρας κατασκευῆς ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λέγεται τροπολογικῶς. Ὧν προσφυῶς τε καί εὐχρήστως μεταλαμβάνουσιν οἱ πρός ἕκαστον καί δι᾿ ἑκάστου μέλους σημαινόμενον πνευματικόν μεταποιούμενοι λόγον. Οὕτως ὁ ἀμνός τοῦ Θεοῦ βιβρώσκεται, κατά τόν ἅγιον τοῦτον καί μέγαν διδάσκαλον, καί εἰς πέψιν πνευματικήν ἀναδίδοται, μεταποιῶν πρός ἑαυτόν τῷ πνεύματι τούς μεταλαμβάνοντας, ἕκαστον αὐτῶν εἰς τόν τοῦ βρωθέντος ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ πνευματικῶς μέλους τόπον κατά τήν θέσιν τῆς σωματικῆς ἁρμονίας ἐνάγων τε καί μετατιθέμενος, ὥστε φιλανθρώπως τόν ἐν τοῖς ὅλοις λόγον τοῖς πράγμασιν οὐσίαν γίνεσθαι τόν μόνον ὑπέρ φύσιν καί λόγον.

ΡΚΒ (122)...». ΝΕΚΡΩΣΑΣ ΤΑ ΜΕΛΗ ΤΑ ΕΠΙ ΤΗΣ ΓΗΣ, ΚΑΙ ΤΗΝ ΖΩΝΗΝ ΙΩΑΝΝΟΥ ΜΙΜΟΥΜΕΝΟΣ..».

English

But who will be able to enumerate all the conceptions of our Savior God, devised for our sake, according to which he has made himself edible and partaken of in a manner analogous to each person? For besides all these, the Lord still has locks of hair, and nostrils, and lips, a neck, and shoulders, and fingers, and whatever else of our own constitution is spoken of in him by way of trope. Of these those partake fittingly and profitably who are transformed into the spiritual meaning signified by each member and through each member. Thus the Lamb of God is eaten, according to this holy and great teacher, and is assimilated into spiritual digestion, transforming those who partake of him to himself in the Spirit, leading and transferring each of them to the place of the member that he has spiritually eaten, according to the position of the bodily harmony, so that in his love for humanity the Logos in all things becomes substance to the things, he who alone is beyond nature and reason.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:54 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Νεκρώσας τά μέλη τά ἐπί τῆς γῆς, καί τήν ζώνην Ἰωάννου μιμούμενος, τοῦ ἐρημικοῦ καί προδρόμου καί μεγάλου τῆς ἀληθείας κήρυκος».

Ὁ τήν Ἰωάννου ζώνην μιμούμενός ἐστιν ὁ τῇ δυνάμει τοῦ λόγου τό γόνιμον τῆς ψυχῆς διά γνώσεως πρακτικῶς ἐπισφίγγων, καί ἀδιάχυτον αὐτό πρός τήν ὕλην διαφυλάττων. Ἐρημικός δέ ἐστιν ὁ παθῶν καθαρεύουσαν τήν ἕξιν κτησάμενος. Πρόδρομος δέ ὁ διά τῆς γνησίας μετανοίας τήν ἐπακολουθοῦσαν αὐτῇ δικαιοσύνην, καί διά τῆς φαινομένης ἀρετῆς τήν ἐπιδημεῖν αὐτῶν μέλλουσαν γνῶσιν προμηνύων. Μέγας δέ τῆς ἀληθείας κῆρύξ ἐστιν ὁ τῷ οἰκείῳ βίῳ τόν ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ λαλούμενον τῆς διδασκαλίας λόγον πιστούμενος. ΡΚΓ (123)...»....ΠΕΜΠΕΤΑΙ... ΑΧΑΛΚΩ ΚΑΙ ΑΡΑΒΔΩ ΚΑΙ ΜΟΝΟΧΙΤΩΝΙ, ΕΤΙ ΚΑΙ ΓΥΜΝΟΠΟΔΕΙΝ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Καί εἴ τις μαθητής ἐπί τό Εὐαγγέλιον πέμπεται, φιλοσόφως καί ἀπερίττως· ὅν δεῖ πρός τῷ ἀχάλκῳ καί ἀράβδῳ καί μονοχίτωνι, ἔτι καί γυμνοποδεῖν, ἵνα φανῶσιν οἱ πόδες ὡραῖοι τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων εἰρήνην».

English

From the same discourse, on the text: "Having put to death the members that are upon the earth, and imitating the belt of John, the desert-dweller and forerunner and great herald of the truth."

He who imitates the belt of John is the one who, by the power of the word, practically tightens the generative faculty of the soul through knowledge, and keeps it undiffused toward matter. And a desert-dweller is he who has acquired his disposition pure from the passions. And a forerunner is he who, through genuine repentance, foretells the righteousness that follows upon it, and through the virtue that appears, the knowledge that is about to dwell in them. And a great herald of the truth is he who by his own life confirms the word of teaching spoken by him. 123... "He is sent... without bronze and without staff and with a single tunic, and further also to go barefoot."

From the same discourse, on the text: "And if any disciple is sent to the Gospel, let him go in a philosophical and unadorned manner; who, besides being without bronze and without staff and with a single tunic, must also go barefoot, so that the feet of those who proclaim peace may appear beautiful.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:55 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εὐαγγέλιόν ἐστιν ὁ περί τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ βασιλείας ὑψηλότερος λόγος· βασιλεία δέ ἐστι Θεοῦ ἡ πάσης ὕλης καί πασῶν τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτήν φαντασιῶν καθαρεύουσα λῆξις. Μαθητής οὖν ἐπί τό Εὐαγγέλιον πεμπόμενος εἰκότως ἐστίν ὁ τοῖς τρόποις παντελῶς τήν πρός τόν κόσμον τοῦτον ἐπιδεικνύμενος ἀλλοτρίωσιν τῷ τε ἀχάλκῳ καί ἀράβδῳ καί μονοχίτωνι, τήν τε φιλαργυρίαν καί τόν θυμόν ἤ τήν ἐπι δυναστεία

τινί πεποίθησιν ἑαυτοῦ περικόψας, ἀτέχναστόν τε καί ἄπλαστον καί μονότροπον καί πάσης ἐλευθέραν διπλόης τήν ἠθικήν, ὥσπερ ἕν χιτώνιον, μετιών φιλοσοφίαν, μηδέν τό σύνολον νεκρότητος τῷ ἴχνει τῆς ψυχῆς, ὥσπερ ὑπόδημα, σύμβολον ἐναφείς, οἷα τῆς μεγάλης εἰρήνης ὑπάρχων ἄγγελος, καί τῆς μηκέτι φοβουμένης τόν ἐκ τῶν παθῶν πόλεμον, μηδέ θάνατον σώματος ὑποστελλομένης καταστάσεως κῆρυξ, ὥστε δύνασθαι τούς εἰς αὐτόν συνετῶς ὁρῶντας ἐκ τῆς καθ᾿ ἀρετήν περί τόν βίον ἀναλλοιώτου ταὐτότητος τήν ἐν ἀγγέλοις περί Θεόν εὐπρεπεστάτην εἰκονίζεσθαι πολιτείαν τε καί εὐστάθειαν. ΡΚΔ (124). ΑΛΛΟ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ Ἄλλο εἰς τό αὐτό θεώρημα.

English

The Gospel is the higher word concerning the kingdom of God; and the kingdom of God is the lot that is pure from all matter and from all the phantasies that arise from it. Therefore he who is sent to the Gospel is reasonably a disciple who displays in his manners a complete alienation from this world, both by being without bronze and without staff and wearing a single tunic, and who has cut off love of money and anger, or his confidence in some dominion over others, and who pursues a moral philosophy that is uncontrived and unfeigned and single in its manner and free from all duplicity, as though one single garment, leaving behind in the track of his soul nothing at all of deadness, as though a sandal—a symbol—since he is an angel of the great peace, and a herald of the state that no longer fears the war that comes from the passions, nor shrinks back from the death of the body, so that those who look upon him with understanding may, from the unalterable sameness of his life according to virtue, be imaged with the most seemly citizenship and stability that is among the angels in relation to God. 124. Another on the same contemplation. Another on the same contemplation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:56 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἤ μήποτε διά τό ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν, καί κατά μίμησιν τῆς Ἰωάννου ζώνης, καί πάλιν εὐαγγελικῶς δύνασθαι τό Πάσχα ἐσθίεσθαι, τάς τε διαφοράς τῶν μεταλαμβανόντων καί τούς τρόπους αὐτοῦ τοῦ Πάσχα διδασκαλικῶς ὁ Πατήρ παρηνίξατο. Τρία γάρ Πάσχα παραδίδωσιν ὁ Παλαιᾶς Γραφῆς λόγος, ἕν κατά τήν Αἴγυπτον ἐπιτελούμενον, καί ἕτερον κατά τήν ἔρημον, καί τό ἄλλο κατά τήν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. Ἡ μέν οὖν Αἴγυπτος κατά μίαν τῶν περί αὐτήν ἐπινοιῶν ἀλληγορουμένη τοῦτον δηλοῖ τόν κόσμον, ἡ δέ ἔρημος ὡσαύτως κατά μίαν τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῆς θεωριῶν τήν μετά θάνατον κατάστασιν τῶν ψυχῶν ἀλληλογορικῶς ὑποφαίνει, ἡ δέ γῆ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας τόν μέλλοντα προτυποῖ. Τρεῖς γάρ τόποι καί καταστάσεις εἰσίν ἐν οἷς οἱ ἄνθρωποι γινόμεθα· οὗτος ὁ ἐν ᾧ τό εἶναι λαμβάνοντες γεννώμεθα κόσμος, καί ὁ μετά θάνατον ἐν ᾧ ἐντεῦθεν ἀπιόντες γινόμεθα τόπος, καί ὁ μέλλων αἰών, ἐν ᾧ μετά ψυχῶν συγκλειόμεθα καί σωμάτων. Ἐφ᾿ ὅσον οὖν χρόνον ἐσμέν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἄγομεν τό Πάσχα, τῶν καθ᾿ ἁμαρτίαν κηλίδων ἐκκαθαιρόμενοι· ἐπάν δέ ταύτην διά θανάτου περάσωμεν τήν ζωήν, ὡς ἐν ἐρήμῳ πάλιν ἄγομεν ἕτερον Πάσχα, τρανοτέρους τούς τῶν ὄντων λόγους, χωρίς συμβόλων καί αἰνιγμάτων καί τῆς δι᾿ αἰσθήσεως ποικιλίας, νοητῶς τε καί ἀσωμάτως μανθάνοντες·

English

Unless perhaps, because he spoke simply and in imitation of John's belt, and again in a gospel manner to be able to eat the Passover, the Father hinted in a teaching manner at the differences among those who partake and the modes of the Passover itself. For the word of the Old Scripture hands down three Passovers: one celebrated in Egypt, another in the desert, and the other in the land of promise. Egypt, then, allegorized according to one of the conceptions concerning it, signifies this world; the desert likewise, according to one of the contemplations upon it, allegorically indicates the state of souls after death; and the land of promise prefigures the age to come. For there are three places and states in which we men come to be: this world, in which, receiving being, we are born; the place after death, in which we come to be as we depart from here; and the age to come, in which we are enclosed together with souls and bodies. Therefore, for as long as we are in this world, we keep the Passover in Egypt, being cleansed of the stains of sin; but when we have crossed over this life through death, as in a desert we again keep another Passover, learning more clearly the reasons of beings, without symbols and riddles and the variety that comes through sense perception, in a noetic and incorporeal manner.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:57 · narrative
Source · Greek

καί αὖθις κατά τόν μέλλοντα τῶν θείων ἀπαγγελιῶν αἰῶνα ἑορτάζομεν τό Πάσχα, τόν ἀκρότατον ἀμέσως ἐσθίοντες τῆς σοφίας λόγον, πρός ὅν μεταποιηθέντες κατά χάριν θεούμεθα, τήν πρός ἄλλο Πάσχα διάβασιν καθ᾿ ὁτιοῦν ἄλλην οὐκ ἔχοντες, πλήν ὅτι καί ἐνταῦθα παροῦσιν ἡμῖν δυνατόν ἐστι πρός τήν ἑκάστου κατάστασιν εἰκονισθῆναι τῶν εἰρημένων τόπων τόν ἰδιότητα. Ὁ γάρ ἑκάστου ἡμῶν βίος χαρακτηριστικός ἐστί τοῦ ἐν ᾧ ἐστι τόπου. Οἷον, εἰ μέν τήν πρακτικήν ἀνδρικῶς μετερχόμεθα φιλοσοφίαν, ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ τό Πάσχα καλῶς ἐπιτελοῦμεν, μετά τῶν Αἰγυπτίων μέν ὑπάρχοντες, οὐκ Αἰγύπτιοι δέ τυγχάνοντες, ὡς ἐν σαρκί μέν ὄντες, οὐ κατά σάρκα δέ στρατευόμενοι. Εἰ δέ τήν φυσικήν ἐν πνεύματι θεωρίαν εὐσεβῶς ἐξασκούμεθα, ὅπλα τῷ Θεῷ δυνατά τάς τῆς ψυχῆς ποιούμενοι δυνάμεις, πρός καθαίρεσιν μέν ὀχυρωμάτων καί παντός ὑψώματος ἐπαιρομένου κατά τῆς γνώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ, θεωρίαν δέ τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι πνευματικῶν λόγων, ὥσπερ γυμνοί σώματος καί τῆς κατά τήν αἴσθησιν ἀπατηλῆς φαντασίας ἐλεύθεροι, τήν πρός τάς θείας ἐπαγγελίας γνωστικῶς ποιούμενοι πορείαν, ἐσμέν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, τῇ παθῶν λέγω, καί πάσης ὑλικῆς φαντασίας καθαρευούσῃ καταστάσει. Εἰ δέ τήν θεολογικήν μυσταγωγίαν ἀῤῥήτοις νοός κινήμασι μορφαζόμεθα, τί τό πλάτος καί μῆκος καί βάθος καί τό ὑπερβάλλον εἰς ἡμᾶς μέγεθος τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφίας κατά τό ἐφικτόν ἀνθρώποις οὐκ ἀγνοοῦντες, ἐσμέν ἐν τῇ γῇ τῆς ἐπαγγελίας. Τήν πρακτικήν οὖν, καί τήν φυσικήν, καί τήν θεολογικήν φιλοσοφίαν οἶμαι διά τῆς διαιρέσεως τῶν τριῶν προσώπων τόν

English

And again, in the age to come of the divine promises, we celebrate the Passover, eating directly the highest word of wisdom, transformed in accordance with it and deified by grace, having no other passage to another Passover in any other respect, except that even here, while we are present, it is possible to be imaged according to each one's state by the particular character of the places mentioned. For the life of each of us is characteristic of the place in which it is. For example, if we pursue the practical philosophy courageously, we celebrate the Passover well in Egypt, being with the Egyptians but not being Egyptians, as being in the flesh but not warring according to the flesh. But if we piously practice the natural contemplation in the Spirit, making the powers of the soul weapons mighty for God, for the destruction of strongholds and every high thing exalted against the knowledge of God, and for the contemplation of the spiritual principles in created things, as if naked of the body and free from the deceptive fantasy of sense perception, making our journey to the divine promises in a gnostic manner, we are in the desert—I mean the state purified of passions and of every material fantasy. But if we form the theological mystagogy by ineffable movements of the mind, not ignorant, as far as is attainable by humans, of what is the breadth and length and depth and the surpassing magnitude toward us of the wisdom of God, we are in the land of promise. The practical, then, and the natural, and the theological philosophy I think, through the division of the three persons, the

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:58 · narrative
Source · Greek

διδάσκαλον παραινίττεσθαι, δι᾿ ὧν ἀναλόγως ἕκαστος κατά τήν ὑποῦσαν αὐτῷ δύναμιν τό νοητόν ἐσθίει Πάσχα.

ΡΚΕ (125)...». ΕΙ ΤΙΣ ΕΙ ΡΑΧΗΛ Ή ΛΕΙΑ,... ΤΑ ΕΙΔΩΛΑ ΚΛΕΨΟΝ ΑΠΕΡ ΑΝ ΕΥΡΗΣ ΤΟΥ ΣΟΥ ΠΑΤΡΟΣ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Εἰ μέν τις εἶ ῾Ραχήλ ἤ Λεία, ψυχή πατριαρχική καί μεγάλη, καί τά εἴδωλα κλέψον ἅπερ ἄν εὕρῃς τοῦ σοῦ πατρός, οὐχ ἵνα φυλάξῃς, ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα ἀφανίσῃς· εἰ δέ Ἰσραηλίτης σοφός, πρός τήν γῆν τῆς ἐπαγγελίας μετένεγκαι».

῾Ραχήλ μέν, ὥς φασιν, ἀμνάς ἤ ποιμαίνουσα ἑρμηνεύεται, ἡ δέ Λεία, κοπουμένη ἤ κόπωσις ἑρμηνεύεται. Ποιμαίνεται οὖν καί ποιμαίνει καί ἄγεται καί ἄγει ἡ ῾Ραχήλ, κατά τήν τῆς προσηγορίας δύναμιν. ῾Ραχήλ οὖν ἐστι πᾶσα ψυχή θεωρητική, ἡ τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἀμνάς ποιμαινομένη τε καί ἀγομένη, καί κατά τόν νόμον τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῖς κατά πρᾶξιν θεσμοῖς ποιμαίνουσά τε καί ἄγουσα αὐτῆς τά κινήματα καί τά διανοήματα, καί τά πάθη τῆς σαρκός τῷ γονίμῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς ὑποτάσσουσα τέως, καί οὕτως μετά τήν εἰς γνῶσιν εἴσοδον παντελῶς ἀφανίζουσα. Λεία δέ ἐστι πᾶσα ψυχή πρακτική, τήν ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς ἔχουσα κόπωσιν, ἥν μάλιστα πρώτην πᾶς τις τήν θείαν μετιών φιλοσοφίαν γαμικῶς εἰσοικίζεται. Ἰσραηλίτης δέ σοφός ἐστι νοῦς θεωρητικός τά τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου νοήματα πρός τήν χώραν τῆς γνώσεως μεταβιβάζων κατά τόν μέγαν ἐκεῖνον Ἰακώβ, τόν πάντα τά τοῦ Λάβαν πρός τήν γῆν τῶν Πατέρων μετακομίσαντα.

English

to exhort the teacher, through which each, in proportion to the power present in him, eats the intelligible Passover.

RKΕ (125)...». IF YOU ARE RACHEL OR LEAH,... STEAL THE IDOLS WHATEVER YOU FIND OF YOUR FATHER..».

From the same discourse, on the text: «If you are Rachel or Leah, a patriarchal and great soul, steal the idols whatever you find of your father, not that you may keep them, but that you may destroy them; but if you are a wise Israelite, transfer them to the land of promise».

Rachel, as they say, is interpreted as a lamb or shepherding, and Leah is interpreted as laboring or labor. So Rachel is shepherded and shepherds, is led and leads, according to the force of the name. Rachel, then, is every contemplative soul, which is shepherded and led by the law of God as a lamb, and which by the law of God shepherds and leads its own movements and thoughts by the ordinances pertaining to practice, and for a time subjects the passions of the flesh to the fruitfulness of virtue, and thus after the entrance into knowledge utterly destroys them. And Leah is every practical soul, which has labor for the sake of virtue, which especially, as the first thing, anyone pursuing divine philosophy receives as a wife and brings into his house. And a wise Israelite is a contemplative intellect, which transfers the thoughts of this age to the region of knowledge, after the manner of that great Jacob, who moved all the things of Laban to the land of the Fathers.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:59 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καθάπερ γάρ ἐκεῖνος ὁ θαυμαστός Ἰακώβ ἱστορικῶς τάς ῥάβδους λεπίσας καί ὑποθείς ταῖς ληνοῖς τῶν ὑδάτων πρός αὐτάς ἐγκισσᾷν ἐποίει τά πίνοντα πρόβατα, οὕτω καί πᾶς ἐν Πνεύματι σοφώτατος νοῦς τῆς περικειμένης ὕλης τούς τῶν ὄντων θειοτέρους λόγους ἀπογυμνώσας, καί τοῖς κατά τήν θεωρίαν τρόποις τῆς γνώσεως ὑποθέμενος, τήν τῶν ἀσωμάτων κατάστασιν μορφοῦσθαι, τούς τε μανθάνοντας πάντας καί τά τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς ἐκδιδάσκει κινήματα. Πατριάρχης οὖν τῶν μέν διά πρακτικῆς κοπώσεως τήν ἀρετήν κατορθούντων ἐστίν ἡ Λεία, τῶν δέ διά τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας τήν ἀρετήν λογικῶς μετιόντων ἐστίν ἡ ῾Ραχήλ, ὡς εὐπειθῶς ἀγομένη τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ καί πράως κατ᾿ αὐτόν ἄγουσα. Τῶν δέ κατά θεωρίαν πνευματικήν τό ὕψος μεταδιωκόντων τῆς γνώσεως, Ἰακώβ ὁ πανεύφημος, τῶν μή τά φαινόμενα καθώς φαίνονται παντελῶς, ἀλλά καθώς νοοῦνται, θεωμένων τε καί γινωσκόντων, καί μετά τῶν ἐν τούτοις νοημάτων πλουσίως πρός τήν ἄύλον καί ἀσώματον μεταβιβαζομένων γνῶσιν.

English

For just as that wonderful Jacob, in the historical account, peeled the rods and placed them beneath the troughs of water, causing the sheep that drank to conceive by looking at them, so too every mind most wise in the Spirit, having stripped bare the more divine principles of beings from the matter that surrounds them, and having placed them beneath the modes of knowledge pertaining to contemplation, brings about the formation of the constitution of incorporeal things, and teaches all who are learning, as well as the movements of his own soul. Therefore, Leah is the patriarch of those who achieve virtue through practical toil, while Rachel is the patriarch of those who pursue virtue rationally through natural contemplation, as she is led obediently by the law of God and leads gently according to it. And of those who pursue the height of knowledge through spiritual contemplation, the all-praised Jacob is the patriarch—of those who contemplate and know things not entirely as they appear but as they are understood, and who, together with the concepts in these things, are transferred richly to immaterial and incorporeal knowledge.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:60 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΚ (126)...». ΑΝ ΣΙΜΩΝ ΗΣ ΚΥΡΗΝΑΙΟΣ, ΤΟΝ ΣΤΑΥΡΟΝ ΑΡΟΝ ΚΑΙ ΑΚΟΛΟΥΘΗΣΟΝ»

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Ἄν Σίμων ᾖς Κυρηναῖος, τόν σταυρόν ἆρον καί ἀκολούθησον».

Σίμων μέν ὑπακοή, Κυρηναῖος δέ ἑτοιμότης, ὥς φασιν, ἑρμηνεύεται. Πᾶς οὖν ἕτοιμος πρός ὑπακοήν τοῦ Εὐαγγελίου, καί προθύμως διά νεκρώσεως τῶν ἐπί γῆς μελῶν τήν ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς κατά τήν πρακτικήν φιλοσοφίαν ὑπερχόμενος κάκωσιν, Σίμων γέγονε Κυρηναῖος, ἑκούσιον μετερχόμενος ἀρετήν, ἐπ᾿ ὤμων τε τόν σταυρόν ἔχων καί ἀκολουθῶν τῷ Χριστῷ ἀνεσταλμένην παντελῶς τῆς γῆς τοῦ κατά Θεόν βίου τήν ἀγωγήν ἐπιδεικνύμενος.

ΡΚΖ (127)...». ΕΑΝ ΣΥΣΤΑΥΡΩΘΗΣ ΩΣ ΛΗΣΤΗΣ, ΩΣ ΕΥΓΝΩΜΩΝ ΤΟΝ ΘΕΟΝ ΓΝΩΡΙΣΟΝ»

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Ἐάν συσταυρωθῇς ὡς ληστής, ὡς εὐγνώμων τόν Θεόν γνώρισον».

Ληστής ἐστιν εὐγνώμων συσταυρούμενος τῷ Χριστῷ πᾶς ἄνθρωπος ὑπέρ ἁμαρτιῶν πάσχων κακῶς ὡς ὑπεύθυνος, τῷ ἀνευθύνως δι᾿ αὐτόν κακοπαθοῦντι Λόγῳ συγκακοπαθῶν καί φέρων μετ᾿ εὐχαριστίας, καί τόν κατά πρόνοιαν τῆς δικαίας κρίσεως Λόγον συνόντα γνωρίζον, καί ὁμολογῶν τήν ὑπέρ ὧν πάσχει κακῶς αἰτίαν, καί αἰτιῶν ὥσπερ αὐτῷ τοῦ πάθους ἐκοινώνησεν ἀνεύθυνος ὤν ὁ λόγος, οὕτω δι᾿ ἑαυτόν τόν λόγον τῆς οἰκείας εὐπαθείας ἀναξίῳ τυγχάνοντι μεταδοῦναι, καί τήν ἐκ περιστάσεως νέκρωσιν εἰς ἑκούσιον αὐτοῦ ἀρετήν διά τήν εὐγνωμοσύνην λογίσασθαι, ἡνίκα τῆς προνοίας τά σοφά τοῦ λόγου προκαλύμματα πέρας λαβόντα τῆς αὐτοῦ βασιλείας τό φῶς φανῇ τό ἀπρόσιτον.

English

If you are Simon the Cyrenian, take up the cross and follow.

From the same discourse, on the text: "If you are Simon the Cyrenian, take up the cross and follow."

Simon is interpreted as obedience, and Cyrenian, as they say, as readiness. Everyone, then, who is ready for obedience to the Gospel, and who eagerly, through the mortification of the members that are upon the earth, passes beyond the hardship that comes for the sake of virtue according to the practical philosophy, has become a Simon the Cyrenian, pursuing virtue of his own free will, having the cross upon his shoulders and following Christ, showing forth a manner of life according to God wholly raised up from the earth.

If you are crucified together with him as a thief, acknowledge God as one who is grateful.

From the same discourse, on the text: "If you are crucified together with him as a thief, acknowledge God as one who is grateful."

Every man who suffers evil for the sake of his sins, as one who is guilty, is a grateful thief crucified together with Christ, suffering together with the Word who suffers evil uncondemned on his account, and bearing it with thanksgiving, and acknowledging the Word who is present through the providence of righteous judgment, and confessing the cause for which he suffers evil, and reckoning that just as the Word shared his passion though he was uncondemned, so he should impart the reason of his own well-being to him who is unworthy, and by his gratitude reckon the mortification that comes from circumstances as voluntary virtue for his sake, when the wise veils of the providence of the Word have reached their end and the unapproachable light of his kingdom appears.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:61 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὕτω περιίσταται αὐτῷ πάσχοντι δι᾿ ἁμαρτίας ἡ ἐκ περιστάσεως τῶν μελῶν τοῦ σώματος νέκρωσις, δι᾿ εὐγνώμονος εὐχαριστίας εἰς αὐθαίρετον ἀρετήν μεταπίπτουσα, καθ᾿ ἥν τῶν καθ᾿ ἁμαρτίαν πολλῶν ἀπολυόμενος ὀφλημάτων μετά τοῦ Λόγου δικαίως εἴσεισιν εἰς τήν χώραν τῆς γνώσεως, φημί δέ τόν παράδεισον, ἐν ᾗ γενόμενος γνώσεται τήν αἰτίαν τῆς ἐν ᾗ καθείργμεθα νῦν καταδίκης και κακοπαθείας. Ληστής δέ ἀγνώμων ἐστίν ὁ δι᾿ ἁμαρτίας πάσχων κακῶς ὡς ὑπεύθυνος, καί μή γνωρίζων διά φιλαπεχθήμονα γνώμην τόν ἀνευθύνως ὑπέρ φιλανθρωπίας αὐτῷ συμπάσχοντα τῆς δικαιοσύνης Λόγον, ἀλλά βλασφήμως ἀποπεμπόμενος τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ κατά πρόνοιαν δικαίως ὁρισθέντα τῆς κρίσεως λόγον, ὅς ἐπειδή μή ἐγνώρισε τόν ἀτίμως αὐτῷ κατά βούλησιν συγκαταδικασθέντα Λόγον καί ᾐτήσατο χάριν ὧν ἐπλημμέλησεν, ἀφίεται τῆς βασιλείας ἀλλότριος, οὐδεμίαν τοῦ ποτε ταύτης τεύξεσθαι παρά τοῦ Λόγου λαβών ἐπάγγελον. ΡΚΗ (128). ΑΛΛΟΣ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ Ἄλλος εἰς τό αὐτό θεώρημα.

English

Thus, for him who suffers because of sin, the mortification of the members of the body that comes from circumstance is brought to an end, passing over through grateful thanksgiving into voluntary virtue, by which, being released from the many debts incurred by sin, he rightly enters with the Word into the country of knowledge—I mean paradise—in which, once he has come to be there, he will know the cause of the condemnation and misery in which we are now confined. But the ungrateful thief is the one who suffers badly because of sin as one liable, and who does not recognize, through a contentious disposition, the Word of righteousness who suffers with him without liability on account of love for humanity, but blasphemously rejects the reason of judgment justly appointed over him by providence; and since he did not recognize the Word who was condemned with him dishonorably according to his will, and did not ask for grace for the sins he had committed, he is dismissed as a stranger to the kingdom, having received no promise from the Word that he will ever attain it. 128. Another on the same contemplation. Another on the same contemplation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:62 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί πάλιν λῃστής ἐστιν εὐγνώμων ὁ κἄν ἐπ᾿ αὐτό τό πέρας τῆς παρούσης αὐτῷ γενόμενος ζωῆς ἐλθών εἰς συναίσθησιν τῶν πλημμεληθέντων αὐτῷ, καί γνωρίζων μετά συνέσεως τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ δικαίως ὡρισμένον ἐνταῦθα τῆς θείας κρίσεως συντελούμενον αὐτῷ λόγον, καί αἰτῶν συγγνώμην εἰλικρινῶς ἐκ βάθους ψυχῆς ὧν ἥμαρτεν. Ἀγνώμων δέ λῃστής ἐστιν ὁ κατ᾿ αὐτό τό πέρας τῆς παρούσης αὐτῷ ζωῆς γενόμενος καί τόν κατά ψῆφον δικαίαν τοῦ Θεοῦ τεθέντα σοφῶς τοῦ μερισμοῦ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀπό τοῦ σώματος νόμον τε καί ὅρον ὡς μή καλῶς δοθέντα διά φιλοζωΐαν μεμφόμενος.

ΡΚΘ (129). ΑΛΛΟΣ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ Ἄλλο εἰς τό αὐτό θεώρημα.

Καί πάλιν ἐπειδήπερ ἕκαστος ἡμῶν διπλοῦς ἐστι τήν φύσιν, ἐκ ψυχῆς καί σώματος συνεστώς, λῃστής ἐστιν ὁ καθ᾿ ἑκάτερον τῶν ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκε κατά τήν θατέρου φύσιν νόμον ὑπέρ ἀρετῆς τῷ λόγῳ μυστικῶς συσταυρούμενος, καί τόν μέν τῆς σαρκός νόμον, ὥσπερ ἀγνώμονα λῃστήν τῷ λόγῳ τῆς ἀρετῆς ἀντιπίπτοντα, τόν δέ τοῦ πνεύματος νόμον ὥσπερ λῃστήν ἔχων εὐγνώμονα, καί τόν Σωτῆρα Λόγον διά τῶν κατά τήν πρακτικήν τρόπων, κἄν ἐπίπονοι ὦσιν, ἀποδεχόμενον, ᾧ

English

And again, the grateful thief is the one who, even having come to the very end of the present life that is his, comes to a sense of the wrongs he has committed against himself, and with understanding recognizes the reason justly defined for him here, being accomplished for him by the divine judgment, and sincerely from the depth of his soul asks forgiveness for the things he has sinned. But the ungrateful thief is the one who, having come to the very end of the present life that is his, blames the law and boundary of the soul's separation from the body, which was wisely appointed by the just vote of God, as though it were not well given, out of love of life.

RKTh (129). Another on the same contemplation. Another on the same contemplation.

And again, since each of us is double in nature, composed of soul and body, he is a thief who, in accordance with each of the things of which he is composed, is mystically crucified together with the Word for the sake of virtue according to the law of either nature, having the law of the flesh, as it were an ungrateful thief, resisting the word of virtue, and the law of the spirit, as it were a grateful thief, and receiving the Savior Word through the ways of the practical life, even if they be painful, to whom

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:63 · narrative
Source · Greek

συνεισέρχεται γεγηθώς εἰς τόν τῆς εὐωχίας τόπον τόν πάσης κατάκορον γνώσεως, τοῦ κατά σάρκα φρονήματος παντελῶς ἀπηλλαγμένος. ΡΛ (130). ΑΛΛΟΣ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ Ἄλλο εἰς τό αὐτό θεώρημα.

Καί αὖθις λῃστής ἐστιν εὐγνώμων ὁ καταξιωθείς συσταυρωθῆναι Χριστῷ διά παντελοῦς καί ὁλοκλήρου τῶν παθῶν νεκρώσεως, καί δεξιῶς αὐτῷ συσταυρούμενος, τουτέστι μετά λόγου καί γνώσεως πᾶσαν διεξιών ἀρετήν, καί ἀπρόσκοπον πᾶσιν ἀνθρώποις τόν βίον διατηρῶν, καί μηδεμίαν ἔχων τό παράπαν τῆς τοῦ λόγου πραότητος ἀπᾴδουσαν δι᾿ αὐστηρότητα κίνησιν. Ἀγνώμων δέ λῃστής ἐστιν ὁ δόξης ἕνεκεν ἤ λημμάτων ἁδροτέρων τοῖς φαινομένοις τρόποις ὑπούλως τόν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν βίον ὑποκρινόμενος, καί ἕνα καί μόνον πρός τούς ἔξω τόν κόλακα λόγον ἀντί πάσης ἀρετῆς τε καί γνώσεως μετερχόμενος, πρός δέ τούς συνήθεις σκολιός τις τήν γνώμην παντάπασιν ὤν καί δυσάντητος, ὅν δεῖ μάλα γε τήν ὁδόν τοῦ Θεοῦ βλασφημοῦντα μετά συνέσεως ἐπιστομίζειν. Ἴσως γάρ παύσεται τοῦ διαβάλλειν διά τῆς οἰκείας ἀναστροφῆς τόν Λόγον τῇ παραινέσει τοῦ ἐπιπλήσσοντος, ὥσπερ ἐπί τοῦ σταυροῦ πέπονθεν ὁ τήν βλασφημίαν ἀδεῶς προσενέγκας λῃστής. Τό γάρ μή ἀντιφθέγξασθαι τῷ ἐπιπλήξαντι σημεῖον ἔχει τῆς τοῦ ῥηθέντος ἀποδοχῆς λόγου τήν σιωπήν.

English

He enters rejoicing into the place of feasting that is filled with all knowledge, having been completely freed from the mind-set of the flesh. RL (130). ANOTHER ON THE SAME CONTEMPLATION. Another on the same contemplation.

And again, the grateful thief is the one who has been deemed worthy to be crucified together with Christ through the complete and entire mortification of the passions, and who is crucified at his right hand—that is, who passes through every virtue with reason and knowledge, and keeps his life blameless before all people, and has no movement at all of harshness that is discordant with the gentleness of the Word. But the ungrateful thief is the one who, for the sake of glory or of more abundant gain, hypocritically feigns the life according to virtue in outward manners, and who pursues one single flattering word toward those outside in place of all virtue and knowledge, but toward his intimates is altogether crooked in his disposition and hard to approach, whom one must certainly silence with understanding when he blasphemes the way of God. For perhaps he will cease from slandering the Word through his own conduct, at the admonition of the one who rebukes him, just as happened on the cross to the thief who boldly offered the blasphemy. For not to answer back to the one who rebuked him is a sign of the acceptance of the word spoken, namely his silence.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:64 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καθ᾿ ἥντινα γοῦν τῶν εἰρημένων θεωρίαν τῷ Χριστῷ συσταυρούμεθα σπουδάσωμεν, ὥς ἐσμεν ἐνταῦθα, τόν συσταυρούμενον ἡμῖν ἱλεώσασθαι Λόγον, καί τήν ἀψευδῆ δέξασθαι κατά συνείδησιν καθαρθεῖσαν τῶν πλησσόντων αὐτήν νοημάτων τῆς ἀναπαύσεως ἐπαγγελίαν, εἴπερ ἡ σήμερον τήν ἐνεστῶσαν τούτου τοῦ αἰῶνος ἡμέραν ἐνδείκνυται (σήμερον γάρ, φησίν, ἔσῃ μετ᾿ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ παραδείσῳ), ἡ δέ αὔριον τήν τοῦ μέλλοντος, καθ᾿ ἥν οὐδεμίαν μέν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτημάτων ἐκδέχεσθαι χρή, μόνην δέ τῆς ἑκάστῳ πρεπούσης κατ᾿ ἀξίαν ἀμοιβῆς τῶν βεβιωμένων ἀντίδοσιν.

ΡΛΑ (131)...». ΚΑΝ ΙΩΣΗΦ ΗΣ Ο ΑΠΟ ΑΡΙΜΑΘΑΙΑΣ, ΑΙΤΗΣΑΙ ΤΟ ΣΩΜΑ ΠΑΡΑ ΤΟΥ ΣΤΑΥΡΟΥΝΤΟΣ»

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Κἄν Ἰωσήφ ᾗς ὁ ἀπό Ἀριμαθαίας, αἴτησαι τό σῶμα παρά τοῦ σταυροῦντος».

Τό σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐστιν ἡ ψυχή, ἤ αἱ ταύτης δυνάμεις, ἤ αἱ αἰσθήσεις, ἤ τό σῶμα τοῦ καθ᾿ ἕκαστον, ἤ τά μέλη τοῦ σώματος, ἤ αἱ ἐντολαί, ἤ αἱ ἀρεταί, ἤ οἱ λόγοι τῶν γεγονότων, ἤ ἁπλῶς εἰπεῖν ἀληθέστερον, ἰδίᾳ τε καί κοινῇ, ταῦτα πάντα καί τούτων ἕκαστόν ἐστι τό σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ. Σταυροῖ δέ τοῦτο, ἤγουν ταῦτα πάντα ὁ διάβολος, ἐν τῷ παραδεξαμένῳ τούτων τήν σταύρωσιν, οὐκ ἐῶν αὐτά, κατά φύσιν ἐνεργεῖσθαι. Ἰωσήφ δέ ἑρμηνεύεται κατά Ἑβραίων φωνήν, Πρόσθεσις· Ἀριμαθία δέ, Ἆρον ἐκεῖνο. Πῶς οὖν;

English

In whatever contemplation of the things said, then, let us strive to be crucified together with Christ, so that, as we are here, we may propitiate the Word who is crucified together with us, and may receive, with a conscience purified, the true promise of rest from the thoughts that strike it—if indeed “today” indicates the present day of this age (for “today,” he says, “you will be with me in paradise”), while “tomorrow” indicates that of the age to come, in which one must expect no forgiveness of sins, but only the requital of the repayment of each one’s life, according to worth, that is fitting.

RL 131… “And if you are Joseph, the one from Arimathea, ask for the body from the one who is crucifying.”

From the same discourse, on: “And if you are Joseph, the one from Arimathea, ask for the body from the one who is crucifying.”

The body of Christ is the soul, or its powers, or the senses, or the body of each individual, or the members of the body, or the commandments, or the virtues, or the principles of created things, or, to speak more truly and simply, both individually and collectively, all these things and each one of them is the body of Christ. The devil crucifies this—that is, all these things—in the one who has received their crucifixion, not allowing them to be active according to nature. And Joseph, in the Hebrew tongue, is interpreted as “Addition”; and Arimathea, “Take that.” How, then?

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:65 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἄνθρωπος προσθήκας πίστεως ἔχων καί τοῖς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ηὐξημένος τρόποις, καί πᾶσαν ἀπάτην τῶν ὑλικῶν ἑαυτοῦ περιελόμενος, οὗτος Ἰωσήφ ἐστι πνευματικός, δυνάμενος τό σῶμα λαβεῖν τοῦ Χριστοῦ καί καλῶς ἐνταφιάσαι καί ἐνθεῖναι τῇ ἐκ πίστεως λελατομημένῃ καρδίᾳ, τό τε σῶμα τό ἑαυτοῦ ὡς Χριστοῦ σῶμα διά τήν χάριν, καί τά σώματος μέλη ὅπλα δικαιοσύνης τῷ Θεῷ εἰς ἁγιασμόν ποιούμενος, τάς δέ αἰσθήσεις τοῦ σώματος ὑπουργούς εἶναι τῇ ψυχῇ κατα τόν ἔμφυτον λόγον πρός τήν ἐν πνεύματι φυσικήν θεωρίαν παρασκευάζων, αὐτήν δέ τήν ψυχήν ἰσονομεῖν ταῖς δυνάμεσι

ποιῶν πρός τήν τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐκπλήρωσιν, καί ἔτι τήν ψυχήν τε καί τάς αὐτῆς δυνάμεις δουλώσας ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ Θεοῦ, αὐτάς δέ τάς ἐντολάς φυσικάς τῆς ψυχῆς ἀποδεικνύς ἐνεργείας, καί διά τῆς κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἀμεταθέτου καί παγίας ἕξεως εἰς κατανόησιν αὖ καί ὑποδοχήν τῶν ἐγκεκρυμμένων ταῖς ἐντολαῖς θειοτέρων λόγων διεγειρόμενος, καί ὥσπερ σινδόνι τινί τοῖς περί τόν αἰῶνα τοῦτον πνευματικοῖς λόγοις περιβάλλειν τόν πρῶτον, ἐξ οὖ καί δι᾿ οὗ καί εἰς ὅν τά πάντα, Λόγον. Ὁ ταύτην οὕτω τηρήσας τήν εὔκοσμον εὐταξίαν, Ἰωσήφ ἐστι, τό μυστικόν σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ μυστικῶς ἐνταφιάζων.

English

A man who has additions of faith and has grown in the ways of virtue, and who has stripped away from himself every deceit of material things—this man is a spiritual Joseph, able to take the body of Christ and bury it well and lay it in the heart hewn out by faith, and to make his own body as the body of Christ because of grace, and the members of the body weapons of righteousness for God unto sanctification, and to prepare the senses of the body to be servants to the soul according to the innate reason for the natural contemplation in the Spirit, and to make the soul itself equal in rank with the powers for the fulfillment of the virtues, and further to enslave the soul and its powers to the commandments of God, and to show the commandments themselves to be natural energies of the soul, and through the unchangeable and firm habit of virtue to be roused again to understanding and reception of the more divine reasons hidden in the commandments, and, as it were, with a kind of linen cloth—the spiritual reasons concerning this age—to wrap the first Logos, from whom and through whom and to whom are all things. He who has kept this well-ordered order in this way is a Joseph, mystically burying the mystical body of Christ.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:66 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΛΒ (132). ΑΛΛΟ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ Ἄλλο εἰς τό αὐτό θεώρημα.

Καί ἔτι συντόμως εἰπεῖν, ὁ πράξει καί θεωρίᾳ τούς περί τοῦ σταυροῦ τοῖς ἀκούουσι θαυμαστῶς λόγους ἀποδιδούς, οὗτος Ἰωσήφ μέν γέγονεν ἄλλος διά τῆς προσθήκης τῶν κατά τήν θεωρίαν ἀγαθῶν εἰς γνῶσιν ἐπαυξήσας πνευματικήν, Ἀριμαθαῖος δέ διά τῆς γνησίας τῶν ἀρετῶν οἰκειότητος κατά τήν πρᾶξιν πᾶσαν τῶν ὑλικῶν ἑαυτοῦ περιτέμνων τήν προσπάθειαν. ΡΛΓ (133). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

Σταυροῦσι δέ πάλιν τόν Χριστόν οἱ βλασφήμως τούς περί τῆς ἐνσωματώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ διδάσκοντες λόγους, ἐνταφιάζει δέ πάλιν ὁ τούς περί τῆς σαρκώσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ λόγους μετά παῤῤησίας πᾶσιν εὐσεβῶς ἀνακηρύττων. ΡΛΔ (134)...». ΚΑΝ ΝΙΚΟΔΗΜΟΣ ΗΣ Ο ΝΥΚΤΕΡΙΝΟΣ ΘΕΟΣΕΒΗΣ, ΜΥΡΟΙΣ ΑΥΤΟΝ ΕΝΤΑΦΙΑΣΟΝ»

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Κἄν Νικόδημος ᾗς ὁ νυκτερινός θεοσεβής, μύροις αὐτόν ἐνταφίασον».

Νικόδημός ἐστιν, νυκτερινός θεοσεβής καί μύροις τό σῶμα τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐνταφιάζων, ὁ κατά διάνοιαν μέν ἐῤῥώμενος εἰς τήν ἐπίγνωσιν τοῦ Χριστοῦ, τήν δέ τῆς πράξεως τῶν ἐντολῶν φιλοτιμίαν ὡς δειλός διά τόν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων (λέγω δέ τῶν παθῶν ἤ τῶν δαιμόνων τάς προσβολάς) φειδοῖ τῆς σαρκός παραιτούμενος, ᾧ μέγα πρός ἀποδοχήν κἄν τό καλά φρονεῖν περί Χριστοῦ καί μή βλασφήμους προΐεσθαι λόγους.

English

132. Another [scholion] on the same contemplation.

And, to speak briefly, he who by practice and contemplation wondrously sets forth to his hearers the words concerning the cross—this man has become another Joseph, having increased to spiritual knowledge through the addition of the good things pertaining to contemplation, and an Arimathean through his genuine affinity with the virtues, circumcising in his practice all his attachment to material things. 133. Another contemplation on the same [passage].

Again, those who blasphemously teach doctrines concerning the embodiment of God crucify Christ; and again, he who piously and with all boldness proclaims to all the doctrines concerning the incarnation of God buries him. 134. "...Even if Nicodemus, the night-loving God-fearer, be [there], bury him with spices."

From the same discourse, on the passage: "Even if Nicodemus, the night-loving God-fearer, be [there], bury him with spices."

Nicodemus, the night-loving God-fearer who buries the body of Christ with spices, is the man who is strong in mind for the knowledge of Christ, but who, out of love for the flesh, declines the zeal of practice of the commandments as cowardly because of fear of the Jews (I mean, the assaults of the passions or of the demons)—for whom it is a great thing for acceptance even to think rightly about Christ and not to utter blasphemous words.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:67 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΛΕ (135)...». ΚΑΝ ΜΑΡΙΑ ΤΙΣ ΗΣ..., ΚΑΝ ΣΑΛΩΜΗ, ΚΑΝ ΙΩΑΝΝΑ, ΔΑΚΡΥΣΟΝ ΟΡΘΡΙΑ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Κἄν Μαρία τις ᾗς, κἄν ἡ ἄλλη Μαρία, κἄν Σαλώμη, κἄν Ἰωάννα, δάκρυσον ὀρθρία. Ἴδε πρώτη τόν λίθον ἠρμένον, τυχόν δέ καί τούς ἀγγέλους, καί Ἰησοῦν αὐτόν». Μαρία ἡ πρώτη, ἐξ ἧς ἐκβέβληκεν ὁ λόγος ἑπτά δαιμόνια, ἐστί πᾶσα πρακτική ψυχή, διά τοῦ λόγου τῶν εὐαγγελικῶν ἐντολῶν τῆς περί τόν αἰῶνα τοῦτον καθαρθεῖσα πτοήσεως. Ἑβδοματικός γάρ οὗτος ὁ αἰών, τῇ εἰς ἑαυτόν τοῦ χρόνου περιελίξει πληρούμενος, οὗτινος ἐλευθεροῖ τούς ἑαυτοῦ θιασώτας ὁ Λόγος, πάντως αὐτούς ὑπεράνω τιθείς τῶν ὑπό χρόνον. Ἡ δέ ἄλλη Μαρία ἐστί πᾶσα ψυχή

θεωρητική, διά γνώσεως ἀληθοῦς τήν πρός τόν λόγον κατά χάριν κτησαμένη συγγένειαν. Σαλώμη δέ ἐστιν, ἥτις ἑρμηνεύεται Εἰρήνη ἤ Πληρεστάτη, πᾶσα ψυχή διά μέν τῆς ἀποβολῆς τῶν παθῶν εἰρηνεύουσα, καί τῇ περιουσίᾳ τῶν πρακτικῶν ἀρετῶν τό φρόνημα τῆς σαρκός καθυποτάξασα τῷ νόμῳ τοῦ πνεύματος, διά δέ τῆς πληρώσεως τῶν κατά θεωρίαν πνευματικῶν νοημάτων τήν τῶν ὄντων γνῶσιν κατά τό δυνατόν σοφῶς περιλαβοῦσα. Ἰωάννα δέ ἐστιν, ἥτις ἑρμηνεύεται περιστερά, τό πρᾶον ζῶον καί ἄχολον καί πολύγονον, πᾶσα ψυχή διά πραότητος τό ἐμπαθές ἀποθεμένη, καί τήν ἐν γνώσει πολυγονίαν τοῦ πνεύματος διάπυρον ἔχουσα. Αὗται δέ δακρύουσιν ὄρθριαι, τουτέστι δάκρυα προχέουσι γνωστικά, ζητοῦσαι τόν πάσης ἀρετῆς τε καί γνώσεως ἀρχικώτατον Λόγον. Καί πρῶτον ὁρῶσι τόν λίθον ἐκ τῆς θύρας ἠρμένον τοῦ μνημείου, τουτέστι τήν ἐπικειμένην τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς ἀσαφείας τοῦ Λόγου πώρωσιν·

English

From the same discourse, on the passage: "Whether it be Mary, or the other Mary, or Salome, or Joanna, weep at dawn. See first the stone rolled away, and perhaps also the angels, and Jesus himself." The first Mary, from whom the Word had cast out seven demons, is every practical soul, purified through the word of the gospel commandments from the agitation that concerns this present age. For this age is hebdomadal, being fulfilled in the revolving of time upon itself, from which the Word sets free his own devotees, placing them altogether above the things that are under time. And the other Mary is every contemplative soul, which through true knowledge has acquired its kinship with the Word according to grace. And Salome—which is interpreted Peace or Most Full—is every soul that is at peace through the casting off of the passions, and by the abundance of practical virtues has subjected the mind of the flesh to the law of the spirit, and by the fullness of the spiritual meanings pertaining to contemplation has wisely encompassed the knowledge of beings so far as is possible. And Joanna—which is interpreted Dove, the gentle and guileless and prolific animal—is every soul that through gentleness has laid aside the passible element, and keeps fervent the prolific generation in knowledge of the spirit. And these women weep at dawn, that is, they pour forth tears of knowledge, seeking the Word who is the most principal source of all virtue and knowledge. And first they see the stone rolled away from the door of the tomb, that is, the hardness of the Word's obscurity that lies upon the heart.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:68 · narrative
Source · Greek

εἶτα τούς ἀγγέλους, τουτέστι τούς ἐν πνεύματι τῶν ὄντων φυσικούς λόγους, σιωπῇ κηρύττοντας τόν παναίτιον Λόγον. ΡΛ (136). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΑΓΓΕΛΟΥΣ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τούς ἀγγέλους.

Ἤ τούς λόγους τῆς ἀγίας Γραφῆς, τήν περί τοῦ Χριστοῦ ὡς Θεοῦ καί ἀνθρώπου, ἤγουν τήν περί θεολογίας καί οἰκονομίας, τρανοτέραν αὐταῖς παρεχομένους ἔννοιαν. Ἕνα γάρ φησίν ὁ λόγος αὐτάς ἑωρακέναι πρός τῇ κεφαλῇ, καί ἕνα πρός τοῖς ποσί. Πρός τῆ κεφαλῇ γάρ εἶναι τόν τῆς θεολογίας λόγον διά τήν θεότητα τοῦ Χριστοῦ, πρός δέ τοῖς ποσί τόν τῆς οἰκονομίας διά τήν σάρκωσιν, καί Χριστοῦ μέν κεφαλήν τήν θεότητα αὐτοῦ, πόδας δέ τήν ἀνθρωπότητα αὐτοῦ λέγων τις τοῦ εἰκότος οὐχ ἁμαρτήσεται.

ΡΛΖ (137). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΑΥΤΟΥΣ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τούς αὐτούς.

Ἤ τυχόν τάς κατά συνείδησιν περί τόν λόγον τῆς εὐσεβείας κινήσεις εἶναι τούς ἀγγέλους, διά τήν παντελῆ τῆς κακίας τε καί ἀγνωσίας ἀποβολήν· κηρύττουσας αὐταῖς νοητῶς τοῦ ποτέ διά κακίαν ἐν αὐταῖς νεκρωθέντος Λόγου τήν ἀνάστασιν. Καί τέλος αὐτόν ὁρῶσι τόν Λόγον διαῤῥήδην αὐταῖς ἐμφανιζόμενον, συμβόλων δίχα καί τύπων, καί πληροῦντα χαρᾶς νοητῆς τάς νοεράς αὐτῶν χωρήσεις. ΡΛΗ (138)...». ΓΕΝΟΥ ΠΕΤΡΟΣ Η ΙΩΑΝΝΗΣ· ΕΠΙ ΤΟΝ ΤΑΦΟΝ ΕΠΕΙΧΘΗΤΙ, ΑΝΤΙΤΡΕΧΩΝ..».

English

Then the angels, that is, the natural principles of beings in the Spirit, silently proclaiming the all-causative Word. 136. Another contemplation concerning the angels. Another contemplation concerning the angels.

Or the words of Holy Scripture, providing them a clearer understanding concerning Christ as God and man, that is, concerning theology and economy. For the Word says that they saw one at the head and one at the feet. For at the head is the word of theology because of the divinity of Christ, and at the feet the word of the economy because of the incarnation; and if one calls the divinity of Christ his head, and his humanity his feet, he will not miss what is fitting.

137. Another contemplation concerning the same. Another contemplation concerning the same.

Or perhaps the angels are the movements of conscience concerning the word of piety, because of the complete casting off of evil and ignorance, proclaiming to them intelligibly the resurrection of the Word who was once dead in them because of evil. And finally they see the Word himself appearing to them plainly, without symbols and types, and filling their intellectual capacities with intelligible joy. 138... "Become Peter or John; hasten to the tomb, running back..

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:69 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Γενοῦ Πέτρος ἤ Ἰωάννης· ἐπί τόν τάφον ἐπείχθητι, ἀντιτρέχων, συντρέχων, τήν καλήν ἅμιλλαν ἁμιλλώμενος». Πέτρος μέν ἐστι πᾶς ἄνθρωπος τό στερέωμα τῆς εἰς Χριστόν πίστεως κατά τήν ἀναστροφήν τοῦ βίου κτησάμενος· Ἰωάννης δέ ὁ διά πραότητα πολλήν καί τήν ἐκ ταύτης ἀκραιφνῆ καθαρότητα τῆς καρδίας ἀγαπώμενος τῷ Λόγῳ, καί διά τοῦτο τούς τῆς σοφίας καί τῆς γνώσεως θησαυρούς πιστευόμενος, καί τῇ ἐπί τό στῆθος ἀναπτώσει ἐξ αὐτῆς τοῦ Λόγου τῆς κρυφίας θεότητος τήν τῆς θεολογίας κομισάμενος δύναμιν. Ἀντιτρέχουσι δέ ἀλλήλοις οὗτοι, ὁ μέν κατά τήν ἐνάρετον πρᾶξιν τήν τοῦ ἑτέρου θεωρίαν νικῆσαι φιλονεικῶν, ὁ δέ κατά τήν γνωστικήν θεωρίαν τήν πρᾶξιν τοῦ ἄλλου παραδραμεῖν ἐπειγόμενος. Συντρέχουσι

δέ κατά τήν πρόθεσιν ἀλλήλοις, ἑκάτερος κατά τόν ἴσον περί τό οἰκεῖον ἀγαθόν εὐοδούμενος.

ΡΛΘ (139). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΑΥΤΟΥΣ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τούς αὐτούς.

Πέτρος δέ ἐστι πάλιν, καί Ἰωάννης, ἕκαστος ἄνθρωπος Θεῷ πλησιάζειν ἠξιωμένος, καί τό μέν πρακτικόν τῆς ψυχῆς οἷόν τινα Πέτρον, τό δέ θεωρητικόν οἷόν τινα Ἰωάννην, ἀλλήλοις κατά τόν λόγον ἔχων συντρέχοντα, δίχα τῆς θατέρου πρός τό ἕτερον ὑπερβολήν καί ἐλλείψεως· καί πάλιν ἀλλήλοις κατά τήν πρόθεσιν ἀντιστρέχοντα τῷ περί ἑκάτερον ἄκρῳ παραδραμεῖσθαι θάτερον ὑπό θατέρου νομίζεται.

English

From the same discourse, on the words: "Become Peter or John; hasten to the tomb, running counter, running together, contending in the noble contest." Peter is every man who has acquired the firm foundation of faith in Christ through the conduct of his life; John is he who, through great gentleness and the pure sincerity of heart that comes from it, is loved by the Word, and for this reason is entrusted with the treasures of wisdom and knowledge, and by reclining on the breast has received from the Word himself the power of theology from his hidden divinity. These run counter to one another: the one, in virtuous action, striving eagerly to surpass the other's contemplation; the other, in gnostic contemplation, hastening to outrun the other's action. But they run together in purpose, each prospering equally in his own good.

139. Another contemplation on the same. Another contemplation on the same.

Peter, then, and John are again each man who has been deemed worthy to draw near to God, having the practical faculty of the soul as a kind of Peter, and the contemplative as a kind of John, running together with one another in reason, without excess or deficiency of the one toward the other; and again running counter to one another in purpose, since by outrunning the other at each one's extreme, the one is thought to be surpassed by the other.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:70 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΜ (140)...». ΚΑΝ ΩΣ ΘΩΜΑΣ ΑΠΟΛΕΙΦΘΗΣ ΤΩΝ ΜΑΘΗΤΩΝ... ΟΤΑΝ ΙΔΗΣ, ΜΗ ΑΠΙΣΤΗΣΤΗΣ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τό· «Κἄν ὡς Θωμᾶς ἀπολειφθῇς τῶν μαθητῶν οἷς Χριστός ἐμφανίζεται, ὅταν ἴδῃς, μή ἀπιστήστῃς. Κἄν ἀπιστήσῃς, τοῖς λέγουσι πίστευσον. Εἰ δέ μή τούτοις, τοῖς τύποις τῶν ἥλων πιστώθητι» Θωμᾶς ἑρμηνεύεται δίδυμος, ὅ ἐστι δισταγμός ἤ διστάζων τοῖς λογισμοῖς, καί διά τοῦτο χωρίς τῆς τῶν τύπων τῶν ἥλων ψηλαφήσεως μηδέ πιστεύων γεγονέναι τοῦ Λόγου τήν ἀνάστασιν. Θωμᾶς οὖν ἐστι πᾶς διστακτικός ἄνθρωπος τήν τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ Λόγου τῆς ἀρετῆς καί τῆς γνώσεως γίνεσθαι δυσκόλως πιστεύων ἀνάστασιν, ὅντινα μόνον αἱ μνῆμαι τῶν προγεγονότων ἁμαρτημάτων, ἀπαθῶς τυπούμεναι κατά διάνοιαν, πείθουσι τοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ θείου Λόγου δέξασθαι τήν ἀνάστασιν, καί ὁμολογῆσαι αὐτόν Κύριον καί Θεόν· Κύριον μέν ὡς τῆς κατά πρᾶξιν τελειότητος νομοθέτην, Θεόν δέ ὡς τῆς κατά τήν θεωρίαν παντελοῦς μυσταγωγίας ὑφηγητήν. Ἀπαθής δέ μνήμη ἐστί τῶν προγεγενημένων τύπωσις ἡ χωρίς ἡδονῆς καί λύπης περί πρᾶξιν καί Λόγον ἐγγινομένη τῇ ψυχῇ περί τῶν ἰδίων ἔργων ἤ νοημάτων διάγνωσις, τύπους, ἀλλ᾿ οὐ τρήσεις ἔχουσα τῶν τραυμάτων διά τήν ἐγγενομένην ἀπάθειαν συνουλωθέντων.

English

From the same discourse, on the words: "And even if, like Thomas, you are left behind by the disciples to whom Christ appears, when you see, do not disbelieve. And even if you disbelieve, believe those who tell you. And if not them, be assured by the marks of the nails." Thomas is interpreted as "twin," which is doubt or one who doubts in his reasonings, and for this reason, apart from touching the marks of the nails, he did not even believe that the resurrection of the Word had taken place. Thomas, then, is every doubting man who finds it hard to believe the resurrection of the Word of virtue and knowledge within himself; such a one only the memorials of past sins, impressed impassibly upon the mind, persuade to receive the resurrection of the divine Word within himself and to confess him Lord and God: Lord, as lawgiver of perfection in practice; God, as teacher of the complete mystical initiation in contemplation. An impassive memory is the impression of things that have happened, arising in the soul without pleasure or pain concerning practice and the Word—a discernment of one's own deeds or thoughts, having the marks, but not the punctures, of the wounds, since by the impassibility that has come to be in it they have been scarred over.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:71 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΜΑ (141). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

Ἤ πάλιν ἧλοι τυγχάνουσιν οἱ κατά τήν πρακτικήν φιλοσοφίαν τρόποι τῶν ἀρετῶν, προσηλωμένην μετά πόνου τῷ θείῳ φόβῳ κρατοῦντες τῆς ψυχῆς τήν διάθεσιν, οὕς οἱ ἀπαθεῖς καί ἁπλοῖ καί ἄῤῥητοι τῆς γνώσεως διαδεξάμενοι λόγοι διαπρύσιον βοῶσι τήν κατά τήν θέωσιν τῆς ψυχῆς γενομένην αὐτῇ τοῦ θείου Λόγου ἀνάστασιν, πιστῶς μαρτυροῦσαν προδεικνύντες τῆς θεοειδοῦς ἕξεως τήν ἀπάθειαν· ἥν ὁ μή παθών οὐδ᾿ ἄλλῳ ποτέ ἀφηγουμένῳ περί αὐτῆς πιστεύσειεν, ὥσπερ οὐδέ Θωμᾶς ταύτην παθοῦσι τήν ἀνάστασιν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις πρό τῆς διά τοῦ παθεῖν πείρας ἐπίστευσε λέγουσιν.

ΡΜΒ (142)...». ΑΝ ΕΙΣ ΑΔΟΥ ΚΑΤΙΗ, ΣΥΓΚΑΤΕΛΘΕ. ΓΝΩΘΙ ΚΑΙ ΤΑ ΕΚΕΙ ΤΟΥ ΘΕΟΥ ΜΥΣΤΗΡΙΑ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Ἄν εἰς ᾅδου κατίῃ, συγκάτελθε. Γνῶθι καί τά ἐκεῖ τοῦ Θεοῦ μυστήρια τίς ὁ λόγος τῆς διπλῆς καταβάσεως». Ὁ πνευματικός ἄνθρωπος πανταχοῦ γινώσκων ἀχράντως ὑπάρχειν τόν τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγον ἕπεται διά θεωρίας αὐτῷ, τῆς ἐπί πάντα προνοίας μετά συνέσεως τήν ἐπιστήμην δρεπόμενος. Οὕτω καί εἰς ᾅδου κατερχομένῳ τῷ Λόγῳ συγκάτεισιν, οὐκ ἐπί κακῷ δῆλον, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπί τῷ ἐρευνῆσαι καί μαθεῖν τό μυστήριον τῆς εἰς τὄν ᾅδην τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβάσεως, καί τῶν ἐκεῖσε γινομένων τε καί ἐπιτελουμέων τόν ὑπερφυᾶ διδαχθῆναι λόγον.

English

Another contemplation on the same passage.

Or again, the nails are the ways of the virtues according to the practical philosophy, holding the disposition of the soul fastened with toil to the divine fear; and the dispassionate, simple, and ineffable words of knowledge, succeeding them, cry aloud the resurrection of the divine Word that has taken place in the soul through contemplation, faithfully bearing witness and showing beforehand the dispassion of the God-like state—which one who has not suffered it would never believe even if another were to tell him about it, just as Thomas did not believe the apostles when they spoke of this resurrection before he had experienced it through suffering.

From the same discourse, on the words: "If he descends into Hades, descend with him. Know also the mysteries of God there—what is the meaning of the double descent." The spiritual man, knowing that the Word of God is everywhere present undefiled, follows him through contemplation, gathering the knowledge of his providence over all things with understanding. Thus he also descends with the Word when he descends into Hades—not, clearly, for any evil, but to search out and learn the mystery of God's descent into Hades, and to be taught the transcendent meaning of the things that happen and are accomplished there.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:72 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΜΓ (143). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

Ἤ πάλιν, ἐπειδή ᾅδης ἐστί πᾶσα ἅμαρτία, ζοφεράν καί ἀειδῆ καί διεφθαρμένην τήν ὑπ᾿ αὐτῆς κρατουμένην ἀπεργαζομένη ψυχήν, ὁ περί παθῶν διαλεγόμενος εἰς ᾅδην κατιόντι τῷ λόγῳ τῆς διδασκαλίας συγκάτεισι, τήν ὑφ᾿ ἑκάστης κακίας νεκρωθεῖσαν ἀρετήν διά τοῦ λόγου ζωοποιῶν καί εἰς ἀνάστασιν ἄγων, καί τά δεσμά τῆς ὑλικῆς προσπαθείας τῶν ψυχῶν, ἀνδρικῶς τῷ λόγῳ συνδιαῤῤήσσων. Λόγος δέ τῆς διπλῆς καταβάσεως κατά τόν πρόχειρον νοῦν ἐστι, πρός μέν τήν πρώτην ἐπιβολήν, τό καί μετά σωμάτων ψυχάς σώζειν διά πίστεως καί ἀγωγῆς βίου καθαρᾶς, ἐπί τῆς γῆς, καί χωρίς σωμάτων εἰς τόν ᾅδην κατελθόντα τόν Λόγον τάς ἐκεῖσε τῶν προτετελευτηκότων ψυχάς διά μόνης περιποιεῖσθαι τῆς πίστεως δύνασθαι· πρός δέ τήν δευτέραν ἐπιβολήν, τό καί τήν ἕξιν τῆς κακίας καί τήν ἐνέργειαν ὑπό τοῦ Λόγου δέχεσθαι τήν πρός ἀρετήν καί γνῶσιν ἐπάνοδον.

ΡΜΔ (144)...».ΚΑΝ ΕΙΣ ΟΥΡΑΝΟΥΣ ΑΝΙΗ, ΣΥΝΑΝΕΛΘΕ. ΓΕΝΟΥ ΜΕΤΑ ΤΩΝ... ΑΓΓΕΛΩΝ..».

English

143. Another contemplation on the same passage.

Or again, since every sin is a Hades, rendering the soul held by it dark, formless, and corrupted, the one who discourses on the passions descends with the word of his teaching into a Hades that is descending, giving life by his word to the virtue that has been put to death by each vice and leading it to resurrection, and manfully breaking in pieces with his word the bonds of the souls' material attachment. And the word of the double descent, according to the ready sense, is: with respect to the first undertaking, that it is to save souls together with bodies through faith and a pure conduct of life on the earth, and that the Word, having descended without a body into Hades, is able to procure for the souls of those who died beforehand there through the power of faith alone; and with respect to the second undertaking, that the habit of vice and its activity receive from the Word the return to virtue and knowledge.

144. ... "If He ascends into the heavens, ascend with Him. Be with the angels.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:73 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Κἄν εἰς οὐρανούς ἀνίῃ, συνάνελθε. Γενοῦ μετά τῶν παραπεμπόντων ἀγγέλων ἤ τῶν δεχομένων· ἀρθῆναι ταῖς πύλαις διακέλευσαι». Ὁ διά πολλήν περιουσίαν γνώσεως καί τήν τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ ἁγίου πλουσίαν μετοχήν τόν περί προνοίας ἀρκούντως κατά τό δυνατόν περαιώσας λόγον, καί τήν κατ᾿ αὐτόν ἐπιστήμην περιλαβών εἰς οὐρανούς ἀπό γῆς ἀνιόντι τῷ Λόγῳ συνάνεισι, τήν πάντων τῶν προνοουμένων φύσιν, ὁρατῶν τε καί ἀοράτων, μετά τῶν κατ᾿ αὐτήν λόγων γνωστικῶς διαπεράσας, καί εἰς τήν οὐδ᾿ ὅλως τήν οἱανοῦν φοράν ἤ κίνησιν ἔχουσαν, πρός ἥν ἠπείγετο μάλιστα, διά παντός λόγου τε καί τρόπου λῆξιν ἀναληφθείς, ἀπό τῶν παραπεμπόντων ὥσπερ ἀγγέλων τινῶν τῶν ἐν τοῖς οὖσι τῆς προνοίας λόγων ἐπί τήν τῶν ὑποδεχομένων ἀῤῥήτων τῆς θεολογίας λόγων τε καί μυστηρίων χώραν ἀναγόμενος, καί ταῖς κατά μέρος ἀναβάσεσιν ὑψηλοτέρας ποιῶν πρός ὑποδοχήν τοῦ θεαρχικωτάτου Λόγου, τάς νοερᾶς τῆς ψυχῆς πύλας.

English

From the same discourse, on the passage: "Even if you ascend into the heavens, go up with him. Be with the angels who escort him or those who receive him; command the gates to be lifted up." The one who, through great abundance of knowledge and rich participation in the Holy Spirit, has sufficiently completed, as far as is possible, the discourse concerning providence, and has comprehended the knowledge that pertains to it, ascends together with the Word as he goes up from earth to the heavens, having passed through in a knowing way, together with the principles that pertain to it, the nature of all things that are provided for, both visible and invisible, and having been taken up through every principle and manner to that cessation which has no movement or motion whatsoever, toward which he was especially hastening, being led up from those who escort him—as it were, certain angels, namely the principles of providence that are among existing things—to the place of the ineffable principles and mysteries of theology that receive him, and making the noetic gates of the soul higher through his successive ascents for the reception of the most divine-ruling Word.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:74 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΜΕ (145). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἀλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

Καί ἑτέρως δέ πάλιν ἀνιόντι τῷ λόγῳ συνάνεισιν ὁ ἀπό τῶν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν τρόπων τῆς πρακτικῆς φιλοσοφίας ὥσπερ ἀπό τινος γῆς εἴς τινας οὐρανούς τούς

κατά θεωρίαν πνευματικούς τῆς γνώσεως τῷ ἀνατατικῶς ἕλκοντι θείῳ συνυψούμενος Λόγῳ.

ΡΜ (146). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

Καί μυστικώτερον ἔτι περί τούτων εἰπεῖν, ὁ δυνάμενος ἀπό τῆς κατά τήν οἰκονομίαν γνώσεως, ἀφ᾿ ἧς ὁ τῆς σαρκός τοῦ Λόγου κόσμος γέγονε παρά τῷ Πατρί, εἰς τήν τῆς πρό τοῦ τόν κόσμον τῆς τοῦ Λόγου σαρκώσεως εἶναι παρά τῷ Πατρί δόξης ἔννοιαν ἀναχθῆναι, κατά ἀλήθειαν οὗτος συνανῆλθεν εἰς οὐρανούς τῷ δι᾿ αὐτόν ἐπί γῆς κατελθόντι Θεῷ καί Λόγῳ, πληρώσας τῆς ἀνθρώποις χωρητῆς κατά τόν αἰῶνα τοῦτον γνώσεως τό μέτρον, καί γενόμενος τοσοῦτον Θεός ὅσον ἐκεῖνος ἄνθρωπος, τῷ ὑψωθῆναι τοσοῦτον ταῖς θείαις ἀναβάσεσι διά τόν Θεόν, ὅσον διά τόν ἄνθρωπον ὁ Θεός πρός τό ἔσχατον τῆς ἡμετέρας φύσεως ἑαυτόν ἀτρέπτως κενώσας κατελήλυθεν.

English

RME (145). ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION ON THE SAME PASSAGE. Another contemplation on the same passage.

And in yet another way, as the word ascends, there accompanies it the one who comes from the virtuous modes of the practical philosophy, as from some earth to certain heavens—the spiritual heavens of knowledge according to contemplation—being raised together with the divine Word who draws him upward.

RM (146). ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION ON THE SAME PASSAGE. Another contemplation on the same passage.

And to speak yet more mystically concerning these things: the one who is able to be led up from the knowledge according to the economy, from which the world of the Word's flesh has come to be in the Father, to the understanding of the glory of being in the Father before the world, before the incarnation of the Word—this one has truly ascended with the God and Word who for his sake descended to earth, having fulfilled the measure of the knowledge accessible to humans in this age, and having become God to the same extent as that one became man—being exalted so much by divine ascents for God's sake as God, for man's sake, emptied himself immutably and descended to the utmost limit of our nature.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:75 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΜΖ (147)....ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΚΑΙΝΗΝ ΚΥΡΙΑΚΗΝ..».ΕΓΚΑΙΝΙΖΕΤΑΙ ΔΕ Η ΣΚΗΝΗ ΤΟΥ ΜΑΡΤΥΡΙΟΥ..».

Τοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ εἰς τήν Καινήν Κυριακήν λόγου, εἰς τό· «Ἐγκαινίζεται δέ ἡ σκηνή τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καί λίαν πολυτελῶς, ἥν Θεός παρέδειξε, καί Βεσελεήλ ἐτελείωσε καί Μωϋσῆς ἐπήξατο».

Πολύτροπον ὄντα τόν κατα τήν σκηνήν ἀναγωγικόν τής θεωρίας λόγον ἐπί τοῦ παρόντος ὡς ἔλαβεν αὐτόν ὁ διδάσκαλος καί ἡμεῖν θεωρήσωμεν αὐτόν. Σκηνή τοιγαροῦν τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἡ μυστηριώδης ἐστίν οἰκονομία τῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου σαρκώσεως, ἥν ὁ Θεός καί Πατήρ εὐδοκήσας παρέδειξε, καί τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον διά τοῦ σοφοῦ Βεσελεήλ προτυπούμενον συνεργῆσαν ἐτελείωσε, καί ὁ νοητός Μωϋσῆς ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ καί Πατρός μονογενής Υἱός αὐτούργησε, τήν ἀνθρωπίνην φύσιν ἐν ἑαυτῷ πηξάμενος ἑνώσει τῇ καθ᾿ ὑπόστασιν. ΡΜΗ (148). ΑΛΛΟ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ Ἄλλο εἰς τό αὐτό θεώρημα.

Πλήν ὅτι καί τῆς ὅλης κτίσεως νοητῆς τε καί αἰσθητῆς ἐστιν εἰκών ἡ σκηνή, ἥν ὁ Θεός καί Πατήρ οἷα Νοῦς ἐνενόησε, καί ὁ Υἱός οἷα Λόγος ἐδημιούργησε, καί τό Πνεῦμα τό ἅγιον ἐτελείωσε. Καί αὖθις τῆς αἰσθητῆς μόνης φύσεως, καί μόνου τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ ἐκ ψυχῆς ὄντος καί σώματος, καί μόνης αὖ τῆς ψυχῆς καθ᾿ ἑαυτήν τῷ λόγῳ θεωρουμένης, ἐστίν εἰκών ἡ σκηνή, κατά τόν ἑκάστῳ πρέποντα δηλαδή θεωρουμένη λόγον.

English

RME (147). From the word for the New Sunday: "And the tabernacle of witness is consecrated."

By the same author, from the word for the New Sunday, on the passage: "And the tabernacle of witness is consecrated, and very lavishly, which God showed forth, and Bezalel completed and Moses set up."

Since the anagogical meaning of the contemplation concerning the tabernacle is manifold, let us contemplate it as the teacher took it up for us on the present occasion. The tabernacle of witness, then, is the mysterious economy of the incarnation of the Word of God, which God the Father, well pleased, showed forth, and the Holy Spirit, prefigured through the wise Bezalel, cooperated in completing, and the noetic Moses, the only-begotten Son of God the Father, wrought with His own hands, setting up human nature in Himself by union according to hypostasis. RMH (148). Another [contemplation] on the same theme.

Moreover, the tabernacle is an image of the whole creation, both intelligible and sensible, which God the Father conceived as Mind, and the Son created as Word, and the Holy Spirit completed. And again, it is an image of sensible nature alone, and of man alone, who consists of soul and body, and again of the soul alone as contemplated by reason in itself, being contemplated according to the meaning fitting to each.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:76 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΜΘ (149)...». ΕΓΚΑΙΝΙΖΕΤΑΙ ΔΕ Η ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΑ ΔΑΒΙΔ, ΚΑΙ ΟΥΧ ΑΠΑΞ, ΑΛΛΗ ΧΡΙΣΜΕΝΟΥ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Ἐγκαινίζεται δέ ἡ βασιλεία Δαβίδ, καί οὐχ ἅπαξ, ἀλλά χριομένου τό πρότερον, καί ἀναγορευομένου τό δεύτερον». Ὁμοίως καί τόν μέγαν Δαβίδ τόν προφήτην καί βασιλέα, πολύσεμνον ἔχοντα τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τῆς ἀναγωγῆς λόγον, καθ᾿ ὅν ἐπί τοῦ παρόντος αὐτόν ὁ διδάσκαλος ἐθεώρησε, καί ἡμεῖς ἐκδεξώμεθα. Δαβίδ τοίνυν ἐστί νοητός ὁ ἀληθινός βασιλεύς τοῦ

Ἰσραήλ καί ὁρῶντος Θεόν Ἰησοῦς Χριστός, κατά μέν τήν πρώτην αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν, τῇ ἐπινοίᾳ τῆς ἀνθρωπότητος χριόμενος, ὥσπερ ἀλλαχοῦ φησιν ὁ διδάσκαλος, χρίσας τήν ἀνθρωπότητα τῇ θεότητι, καί ποιήσας ὅπερ τό χρίσαν· κατά δέ τήν δευτέραν αὐτοῦ καί ἔνδοξον ἐπιφάνειαν, ὡς Θεός καί Κύριος καί πάσης κτίσεως βασιλεύς, καί ὑπάρχων καί ἀναγορευόμενος. ΡΝ (150)...» ΕΠΙΛΑΘΟΜΕΝΟΣ ΤΗΣ ΙΔΙΑΣ ΑΠΟΦΑΣΕΩΣ, ΤΗΝ ΤΩΝ ΕΓΚΑΙΝΙΩΝ ΗΜΕΡΑΝ..».

Εἰς τόν παρόντα λόγον τινές ἀποροῦσι φάσκοντες, Τί δήποτε φήσας ὁ διδάσκαλος ὑπερβαίνειν τήν ἀναστάσιμον ἡμέραν πάσας τάς ἐπί γῆς ἑορτάς, οὐ τάς ἀνθρωπικάς μόνον καί χαμαί ἐρχομένας, ἀλλ᾿ ἤδη καί τάς αὐτοῦ τοῦ Χριστοῦ καί ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ τελουμένας, ὥσπερ ἐπιλαθόμενος τῆς ἰδίας ἀποφάσεως, τήν τῶν ἐγκαινίων ἡμέραν ταύτης ὑπερτίθησιν εἰπών, «Ὑψηλῶς ὑψηλοτέρα, καί θαυμασίας θαυμασιοτέρα», ὡς ἐκ τούτου νομισθῆναι ἑαυτῷ περιπίπτειν τόν διδάσκαλον. Πρός ταῦτα λεκτέον, ὡς αὐτός ὁ διδάσκαλος ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ μετά τινά φησιν· «Οὐ βούλεταί σε ὁ λόγος ποτέ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μένειν, ἀλλ᾿ ἀεί κινητόν εἶναι, εὐκίνητον, πάντως νεόκτιστον».

English

RME (149)... "And the kingdom of David is consecrated, and not once only, but of one anointed..." From the same word, on the passage: "And the kingdom of David is consecrated, and not once only, but of one anointed the first time, and proclaimed the second." In like manner let us also receive the great David, the prophet and king, who has a most august account of his leading upward, according to which the teacher has here contemplated him. Therefore the true king of Israel, who sees God, is the noetic David, Jesus Christ: according to his first coming, anointed by the conception of humanity, as the teacher says elsewhere, having anointed humanity with divinity and made it what the anointing is; and according to his second and glorious manifestation, as God and Lord and King of all creation, both being and being proclaimed. RN (150)... "Having forgotten his own decision, the day of the consecration..." Concerning the present word, some are at a loss, saying: Why is it that the teacher, having said that the day of resurrection surpasses all the feasts on earth—not only human and earthly ones, but even those of Christ himself and those celebrated in him—as though he had forgotten his own decision, sets the day of the consecration above it, saying, "Highly higher, and wonderfully more wonderful," so that from this the teacher is thought to fall into contradiction with himself. To these it must be said that the teacher himself says in the same word after certain things: "The word does not wish you to remain ever in the same state, but always to be moved, easily moved, altogether newly created.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:77 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὥσπερ οὖν τόν ἐγκαινιζόμενον ὑψηλότερον ἑαυτοῦ γίνεσθαι καί θεοειδέστερον ταῖς εἰς ἀρετήν προκοπαῖς φαιδρυνόμενον γινώσκομεν, οὕτω δή καί πᾶσαν δι᾿ ἡμᾶς ἐπινοηθεῖσαν ἑορτῆς ἡμέραν ἐν ἡμῖν καί δι᾿ ἡμῶν ἑαυτῆς ὑψηλοτέραν γίνεσθαι πιστεύειν ἡμᾶς χρή, τοῦ δι᾿ αὐτῆς σημαινομένου μυστηρίου τήν οἰκείαν δύναμιν ἐν ἡμῖν πρός τελείωσιν ἄγοντος. Εἰκότως οὖν ὑψηλῆς ὑψηλοτέραν τήν καινήν ὁ διδάσκαλος ἔφη Κυριακήν, ὡς ἀεί τῆς αὐτῆς ἡμῖν συνυψουμένης, καί ἑαυτήν ὑπερβαινούσης· οἷα τῆς ἀναστάσεως, λέγω δέ τῆς πρώτης Κυριακῆς, κρυφίως διά τοῦ κατ᾿ αὐτήν μυστηρίου πάσης προσύλου μόνον φαντασίας παντάπασι καθαρεύουσαν ζωήν δωρουμένης τοῖς οὕτω τό κατ᾿ αὐτήν πνευματικῶς ἐπιτελοῦσι μυστήριον, τῆς δέ νέας Κυριακῆς πρός τούτοις καί πάσης αὐτούς ἐν μετουσίᾳ ποιούσης τῆς ὧν ἡ πρό αὐτῆς ἀπήρξατο θείων ἀγαθῶν ἀπολαύσεως.

ΡΝΑ (151). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

Εἰ δέ τῷ πιστόν εἶναι δοκεῖ τό λεγόμενον, φασί τήν μέν πρώτην Κυριακήν τύπον εἶναι τῆς κατά τήν προαίρεσιν εἰς ἀρετήν ἀναστάσεως, τήν δέ δευτέραν τῆς κατά προαίρεσιν ἕξεως εἰς γνῶσιν τελειότητος. ΡΝΒ (152). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

English

Just as, then, we know that the one being consecrated becomes higher than himself and more godlike, made radiant by his advances in virtue, so too we must believe that every day of a feast devised for our sake becomes higher than itself in us and through us, since the mystery signified through it brings its own power to perfection in us. Reasonably, then, the teacher called the new Lord's Day higher than the high, as always being exalted together with us and surpassing itself; inasmuch as the resurrection—I mean the first Lord's Day—secretly through the mystery pertaining to it grants a life wholly purified from all material fantasy to those who thus spiritually accomplish the mystery pertaining to it, while the new Lord's Day, in addition to these things, makes them partakers of the enjoyment of all the divine goods of which the former made a beginning.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:78 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί αὖθις τήν μέν πρώτην Κυριακήν τῆς μελλούσης φυσικῆς ἀναστάσεως καί ἀφθαρσίας εἶναι σύμβολον, τήν δέ δευτέραν τῆς κατά χάριν μελλούσης θεώσεως φέρειν εἰκόνα. Εἰ τοίνυν τῆς μέν καθαρευούσης κακῶν ἕξεως ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόλαυσίς ἐστι τιμιωτέρα, τῆς δέ κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ὑγιοῦς προαιρέσεως ἕξις τῆς κατά τήν ἀληθῆ γνῶσιν τελειότητος, καί τῆς φυσικῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἡ ἐν χάριτι πρός τόν Θεόν κατά τήν θέωσιν μεταποίησις, ὧν ἡ μέν πρώτη Κυριακή φέρει τύπον, ἡ δέ δευτέρα τυγχάνει σύμβολον, εἰκότως ὑψηλῆς ὑψηλοτέραν ἀγόμενος πνεύματι, τήν καινήν ὁ διδάσκαλος ἔφη Κυριακήν.

ΡΝΓ (153)...». ΜΙΣΩ ΚΑΙ ΤΗΝ ΔΙ' ΑΕΡΟΣ ΣΥΝΗΘΕΙΑΝ» Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Μισῶ καί τήν δι᾿ ἀέρος συνήθειαν». Πρός γυναῖκας, καί μάλιστα τόν μονήρῃ βίον ἐπανῃρημένας, πολύν περί κατορθώσεως ἡθῶν ἀποτείνας λόγον δι᾿ ἐμφάσεως ὁ διδάσκαλος ἡπίως, οἶμαι, παραινεῖ, μή δεῖν τάς ἀσκουμένας οἴκοθεν θυρίσι κατοπτεύειν τινά παντελῶς, καί μάλιστα τούς παριόντας, ὡς ἄν μή λάβοιεν κέντρα θανάτου διά τῆς ἀκαίρου θεωρίας.

English

And again, the first Lord's Day is a symbol of the future natural resurrection and incorruption, while the second bears the image of the future deification by grace. If, then, the enjoyment of good things is more honorable than a state purified of evils, and the state of a sound disposition according to virtue is more honorable than the perfection according to true knowledge, and the transformation in grace toward God according to deification is more honorable than natural incorruption—of which the first Lord's Day bears the type and the second happens to be the symbol—with good reason the teacher, being led by the Spirit to a high thing higher than the high, spoke of the new Lord's Day.

153. "I hate even the habit of passing through the air." From the same discourse, on the text "I hate even the habit of passing through the air." Directing a long discourse to women, and especially those who have embraced the solitary life, concerning the right ordering of morals, the teacher gently, by way of suggestion, I think, exhorts that those who practice asceticism ought not to peer out at anyone at all from windows at home, and especially at those passing by, so that they might not receive the stings of death through untimely gazing.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:79 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΝΔ (154). ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΕΙΣ ΤΗΝ ΑΓΙΑΝ ΠΕΝΤΗΚΟΣΤΗΝ ΛΟΓΟΥ..»...». Τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ εἰς τήν ἁγίαν Πεντηκοστήν λόγου, εἰς τό· «Μιᾶς δεούσης ἡμέρας, ἥν ἐκ τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰῶνος προσειλήφαμεν, ὀγδόην τε οὖσαν τήν αὐτήν καί πρώτην, μᾶλλον δέ μίαν καί ἀκατάλυτον. Δεῖ γάρ ἐκεῖσε καταλῆξαι τόν ἐνταῦθα σαββατισμόν τῶν ψυχῶν».

Ὁ ἑπτά κατά τήν ἁγίαν Γραφήν, ὡς μέν ἀριθμός μόνον λαμβανόμενος, πολλήν ἔχει φυσικῶς τήν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ κειμένην φιλοπονούντων τά θεῖα μυστικήν θεωρίαν. Σημαίνει γάρ καί χρόνον, καί αἰῶνα, καί αἰῶνας, κίνησίν τε καί περιοχήν καί μέτρον, καί ὅρον καί πρόνοιαν, καί ἕτερα πολλά, κατά τήν ἑκάστου λόγον καλῶς θεωρούμενος. Ὡς ἀνάπαυσις δέ μόνον σκοπούμενος, καί οὕτω πολλήν ἔχει τήν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ μυσταγωγουμένην γνῶσιν. Ἀλλ᾿ ἵνα μή καθ᾿ ἕκαστον διεξιών φορτικόν τόν λόγον ποιήσωμαι, τό δοκοῦν ὑψηλότερον τῶν ἄλλων εἶναι γυμνάσωμεν. Τρεῖς γάρ φασι τρόπους οἱ τῶν θείων ἐπιστήμονες. Ὁ σύμπας τῆς ὅλης τῶν λογικῶν οὐσιῶν γενέσεως ἔχων θεωρεῖται λόγος τόν τοῦ εἶναι, τόν τοῦ εὖ εἶναι, καί τόν τοῦ ἀεί εἶναι, καί τόν μέν τοῦ εἶναι πρῶτον κατ᾿ οὐσίαν δεδωρῆσθαι τοῖς οὖσι, τόν δέ τοῦ εὖ εἶναι δεύτερον δέδοσθαι κατά προαίρεσιν αὐτοῖς ὡς αὐτοκινήτοις, τόν δέ τοῦ ἀεί εἶναι τρίτον αὐτοῖς κατά χάριν πεφιλοτιμῆσθαι. Καί τόν μέν πρῶτον δυνάμεως, τόν δέ δεύτερον ἐνεργείας, τόν δέ τρίτον ἀργίας εἶναι περιεκτικόν. Οἷον ὁ μέν τοῦ εἶναι λόγος μόνην φυσικῶς ἔχων τήν πρός ἐνέργειαν δύναμιν, αὐτήν πληρεστάτην δίχα τῆς προαιρέσεως τήν ἐνέργειαν ἔχειν οὐ δύναται παντελῶς·

English

154. Of the same, from the discourse On Holy Pentecost, on the text: "One day being needed, which we have received from the age to come, the same being both the eighth and the first, or rather one and indissoluble. For it is there that the sabbath-rest of souls here must come to its end."

The number seven, according to Holy Scripture, when taken merely as a number, naturally contains much mystical contemplation lying upon it for those who labor over divine things. For it signifies both time, and age, and ages, and motion, and encompassment, and measure, and limit, and providence, and many other things, being well contemplated according to the principle of each. But when considered merely as rest, it likewise contains much knowledge mystically taught upon it. But lest, going through each one, I make my discourse burdensome, let us exercise what seems to be higher than the others. For those learned in divine things speak of three modes. The whole principle of the entire genesis of rational essences is contemplated as having the principle of being, the principle of being well, and the principle of being always, and the first, that of being, has been given to existing things by essence; the second, that of being well, has been given to them by choice, as being self-moved; and the third, that of being always, has been bestowed on them by grace. And the first is comprehensive of power, the second of activity, and the third of idleness. For example, the principle of being, having naturally only the power for activity, cannot altogether have that activity most complete without choice;

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:80 · narrative
Source · Greek

ὁ δέ τοῦ εὖ εἶναι αὐτήν μόνην γνωμικῶς ἔχων τῆς φυσικῆς δυνάμεως τήν ἐνέργειαν, αὐτήν ὁλόκληρον τήν δύναμιν τό σύνολον χωρίς οὐκ ἔχει τῆς φύσεως· ὁ δέ τοῦ ἀεί εἶναι τῶν πρό αὐτοῦ καθ᾿ ὅλου περιγράφων, τοῦ μέν τήν δύναμιν, τοῦ δέ τήν ἐνέργειαν, οὔτε φυσικῶς κατά δύναμιν τοῖς οὖσιν ἐνυπάρχει παντελῶς, οὔτε μήν ἐξ ἀνάγκης τό παράπαν θελήσει προαιρέσεως ἕπεται· πῶς γάρ τοῖς ἀρχήν κατά φύσιν καί τέλος κατά κίνησιν ἔχουσιν οἷόν τε ἐκεῖναι τό ἀεί ὄν καί ἀρχήν καί τέλος οὐκ ἔχον; ἀλλ᾿ ὅρος ἐστί, στάσιμον ποιῶν τήν μέν φύσιν κατά τήν δύναμιν, τήν δέ προαίρεσιν κατά τήν ἐνέργειαν, οὐδ᾿ ἑτέρας ἀμείβων παντάπασι τόν καθ᾿ ὅν ἐστι λόγον, καί πᾶσι πάντας αἰῶνάς τε καί χρόνους ὁρίζων. Καί τοῦτό ἐστιν, ὡς οἶμαι, τυχόν τό μυστικῶς εὐλογημένον Σάββατον, καί ἡ μεγαλη τῆς τῶν θείων ἔργων καταπαύσεως ἡμέρα, ἥτις, κατά τήν Γραφήν τῆς κοσμογενείας, οὔτε ἀρχήν, οὔτε τέλος, οὔτε γένεσιν ἔχουσα φαίνεται, ἡ μετά τήν τῶν ἐν μέτρῳ διωρισμένων κίνησιν τῶν ὑπέρ ὅρον καί μέτρησιν ἔκφανσις, καί ἡ μετά τήν τῶν κεχωρημένων καί περιγεγραμμένων ποσότητα τῶν ἀχωρήτων καί ἀπεριγράφων ἄπειρος ταὐτότης.

English

But the one who has the power of well-being only by choice, in the sense of the natural faculty's activity, does not possess that whole power entirely apart from nature; while the one who by definition circumscribes the "always to be" of all things before him—of the one the power, of the other the activity—neither naturally exists in beings at all according to power, nor indeed does it follow by necessity from the will of choice in every respect. For how could those things that have a beginning by nature and an end by motion be capable of that which always is and has neither beginning nor end? But it is a boundary, making the nature stand still according to power and the choice according to activity, never changing in any way the principle according to which it is, and defining all ages and times for all. And this is, I think, perhaps the mystically blessed Sabbath, and the great day of the rest from the divine works, which, according to the Scripture of the cosmogony, appears to have neither beginning nor end nor generation—the manifestation, after the motion of things measured and delimited, of things beyond limit and measure, and the infinite sameness, after the quantity of things contained and circumscribed, of things uncontained and uncircumscribed.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:81 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ὡς ἄν οὖν ἡ κατά προαίρεσιν ἐνέργεια χρήσαιτο τῇ δυνάμει τῆς φύσεως, εἴτε κατά φύσιν, εἴτε παρά φύσιν, τό εὖ ἤ τό φεῦ εἶναι τό πέρας αὐτήν ἔχουσαν

ὑποδέξεται, ὅπερ ἐστί τό ἀεί εἶναι, ἐν ᾧ σαββατίζουσιν αἱ ψυχαί, πάσης λαβοῦσαι παῦλαν κινήσεως. Ὀγδόη καί πρώτη, μᾶλλον δέ μία καί ἀκατάλυτος ἡμέρα ἡ ἀκραιφνής ἐστι τοῦ Θεοῦ καί παμφαής παρουσία, μετά τήν τῶν κινουμένων στάσιν γινομένη, καί τοῖς μέν τῷ τοῦ εἶναι λόγῳ κατά φύσιν προαιρετικῶς χρησαμένοις, ὅλου προσηκόντως ὅλοις ἐπιδημοῦντος, καί τό ἀεί εὖ εἶναι παρέχοντος διά τῆς οἰκείας μετοχῆς, ὡς μόνου κυρίως καί ὄντος καί ἀεί ὄντος καί εὖ ὄντος, τοῖς δέ παρά φύσιν τῷ τοῦ εἶναι λόγῳ γνωμικῶς χρησαμένοις, ἀντί τοῦ εὖ τό ἀεί φεῦ εἶναι κατά τό εἰκός ἀπονέμοντος, ὡς οὐκ ὄντος αὐτοῖς λοιπόν χωρητοῦ τοῦ εὖ εἶναι, ἐναντίως πρός αὐτό διακειμένοις, καί κίνησιν παντελῶς οὐκ ἔχουσι μετά τήν τοῦ ζητουμένου φανέρωσιν, καθ᾿ ἥν τοῖς ζητοῦσι πέφυκε φανεροῦσθαι τό ζητητόν. ΡΝΕ (155). ΑΛΛΟ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ Ἄλλο εἰς τό αὐτό θεώρημα.

English

So then, according to how the activity by choice uses the power of nature, whether according to nature or contrary to nature, it will receive the good or the bad as its end, that is, the state of ever-being, in which souls keep sabbath, having received rest from all movement. The eighth and first day—or rather, one and indissoluble day—is the pure and all-radiant presence of God, coming to be after the cessation of things that move; and for those who have used the principle of being according to nature by choice, it is present in a fitting way to them wholly, and grants them to be always good through its own participation, since it alone is properly both being and ever-being and well-being; but to those who have used the principle of being contrary to nature by inclination, it assigns, as is reasonable, the ever-bad instead of the good, since the capacity for well-being is no longer available to them, as they are disposed in opposition to it, and they have no movement at all after the manifestation of what is sought, by which the sought thing naturally becomes manifest to those who seek it. RNE (155). Another on the same contemplation. Another on the same contemplation.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:82 · narrative
Source · Greek

Καί πάλιν ἑβδόμη καί Σάββατόν ἐστιν ἡ τῶν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν ἁπάντων τρόπων καί τῶν κατά θεωρίαν γνωστικῶν λόγων διάβασις. Ὀγδόη δέ ἐστιν ἡ πρός τήν ἀρχήν καί αἰτίαν τῶν πρακτικῶς πεποιημένων καί τῶν θεωρητικῶς ἐγνωσμένων κατά τήν χάριν ἀληθής μεταποίησις.

ΡΝ (156). ΑΛΛΗ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη εἰς τό αὐτό θεωρία.

Ἔστι μέν οὖν καί αὖθις ἑβδόμη καί Σάββατον ἡ τήν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν διαδεχομένη πρακτικήν φιλοσοφίαν ἀπάθεια. Ὀγδόη δέ καί πρώτη ἐστίν, ὡς μία καί ἀκατάλυτος, ἡ μετά τήν γνωστικήν θεωρίαν ἐπιγινομένη σοφία. Καί κατ᾿ ἄλλους δέ τρόπους παντοδαπούς ἐστι δυνατόν τοῖς τῶν θείων φιλοθεάμοσι τόν περί τῶν τοιούτων ἐκδέχεσθα λόγον, καί πολλάς καλάς τε καί ἀληθεῖς ἐφευρεῖν θεωρίας. ΡΝΖ (157).... ΠΩΣ ΤΟ «ΔΙΣΣΩΣΑΤΕ ΚΑΙ ΤΡΙΣΣΩΣΑΤΕ», ΛΑΒΩΝ Ο ΔΙΔΑΣΚΑΛΟΣ..»...». Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, πῶς τό· «Δισσώσατε καί τρισσώσατε», λαβών ὁ διδάσκαλος εἰς τό περί τῆς ἑβδόμης μυστήριον φησιν· «Ὡς δέ καί τήν ἑβδόμην ἀναστροφήν Ἠλίου τοῦ προφήτου, τῷ τῆς Σαραφθίας υἱῷ, τό ζῇν ἐμπνεύσασαν, καί τοῦ αὐτοῦ τήν ἰσάριθμον κατά τῶν σχιδάκων ἐπίκλυσιν». Ὁ μακάριος γέρων παρ᾿ ἐμοῦ τοῦτο ἐρωτηθείς ἔφη, Κατά τοῦτο τυχόν περί τοῦ ἑπτά διεξιόντα τόν διδάσκαλον ἀριθμοῦ τεκμήρασθαι δυνατόν. Πρῶτον μέν κατά τούς λεγομένους ἀριθμητικούς. Φασί γάρ ἐκεῖνοι συνίστασθαί τινας ἀριθμούς ἐκ δισσουμένων καί τρισσουμένων ἑτέρων, τῆς μονάδος, τελευταῖον προστιθεμένης.

English

And again, the seventh and the Sabbath is the passage through all the modes of virtue and the gnostic principles of contemplation. And the eighth is the true transformation, according to grace, toward the beginning and cause of the things done practically and the things known contemplatively.

PN (156). Another contemplation on the same. Another contemplation on the same.

So then, again, the seventh and the Sabbath is dispassion, which succeeds the practical philosophy according to virtue. And the eighth is also the first, as one and indissoluble, namely the wisdom that comes after gnostic contemplation. And in other manifold ways it is possible for those who love to contemplate divine things to receive the account concerning such matters, and to discover many noble and true contemplations. PN 157 (157).... How the teacher, taking "Ye shall double and triple"... From the same discourse, how the teacher, taking "Ye shall double and triple," speaks concerning the mystery of the seventh: "As also the seventh course of Elijah the prophet, breathing life into the son of the woman of Zarephath, and the same number of his pourings upon the split pieces of wood." The blessed elder, when asked by me about this, said, "In this respect, perhaps, it is possible to conjecture that the teacher is discoursing about the number seven. First, according to those called arithmeticians. For they say that certain numbers are constituted from other numbers doubled and tripled, with the monad added last.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:83 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οἷον ἐκ δισσουμένων μέν ὁ ξδ' συνίσταται, τῆς μονάδος δισσουμένης μετά τῶν ἕξ ἀριθμῶν, προστιθεμένης καί τῆς μονάδος, καί οὕτως ἡ ἑβδομάς πληροῦται, οἷον δίς α' β', δίς β' δ', δίς δ' η', δίς η' ιστ', δίς ιστ' λβ', δίς λβ' ξδ'. Τούτων οὕτω διαπλασθέντων δι᾿ ἕξ ἀριθμῶν δοκοῦσι συντεθεῖσθαι, ἀλλά παραλαμβανομένη τελευταῖον καί ἡ μονάς πληρεῖ τόν ἑπτά, ἐξ ἧς τήν ἀρχήν ὁ διπλασιασμός εἴληφεν. Οὕτως οὖν κἀνταῦθα τόν αὐτόν κανόνα κατασχόντες ἀπαρτίσομεν τόν ἑπτά ἀριθμόν. Φησί γάρ, " Ἐκχέατε, δισσώσατε καί τρισσώσατε. " Δίς οὖν μία β', τρίς β' ἕξ, καί ἡ πρώτη μονάς προστιθεμένη τοῖς ἑξάσιν ἀπαρτίζειν τόν ἑπτά ἀριθμόν. Φασί δέ καί συγγένειάν τινα πνευματικήν κατά μυστικήν θεωρίαν

πρός τόν ζ' ἀριθμόν ἔχειν τόν γ' κατά τοιόνδε τρόπον, τῷ τήν πάνσεπτον και προσκυνητήν Τριάδα διά τοῦ γ' σημαίνεσθαι, καί πάλιν τήν αὐτήν διά τοῦ ζ', τῷ τόν ζ' ἀριθμόν παρθένον εἶναι. Τῶν γάρ ἐντός δεκάδος ἀριθμῶν μόνος οὗτος οὔτε γεννᾷ, οὔτε γεννᾶται. Τοῦτο δέ σαφῶς ἐνδείκνυται διεξιών ἐν τῇ βίβλῳ τῶν ἐπῶν Περί παρθενίας, οὑτωσί λέγων, "Πρώτη παρθένος ἐστίν ἁγνή Τριάς». ΡΝΗ (158). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

English

For example, sixty-four is composed from doublings, the monad being doubled along with the six numbers, and the monad also being added, and thus the hebdomad is completed: for instance, twice one is two, twice two is four, twice four is eight, twice eight is sixteen, twice sixteen is thirty-two, twice thirty-two is sixty-four. These things having been formed in this way through six numbers, they seem to have been put together, but the monad too, taken last, fills out the seven, from which the doubling has taken its beginning. So then, here too, having held to the same rule, we shall complete the number seven. For it says, "Pour out, double and triple." Twice one, then, is two; three times two is six; and the first monad, added to the six, completes the number seven. And they say that the number three has a certain spiritual kinship, according to mystical contemplation, with the number seven, in the following way: because the all-venerable and adorable Trinity is signified by the three, and again the same is signified by the seven, because the number seven is a virgin. For of the numbers within the decade, this one alone neither generates nor is generated. And this is clearly indicated by one who expounds in the book of the Epics On Virginity, speaking as follows: "The first virgin is the holy Trinity." 158. ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION ON THE SAME. Another contemplation on the same.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:84 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἤ καί οὕτως. Τῇ ἁγίᾳ Τριάδι μυστικῶς τῷ λόγῳ τήν αὐτῆς ἐπιθεωρήσας ἐνέργειαν, φημί δέ τό ἀγαθόν ὅπερ τάς τέσσαρας ἐμφαίνει γενικάς ἀρετάς, τόν ἑπτά πληρώσεις ἀριθμόν. Τῇ γάρ ἁγίᾳ καί πανυμνήτῳ Τριάδι μυστικῶς τήν αὐτῆς ἐπιθεωροῦντες ἐνέργειαν τόν ἑπτά παρθένον ἀπαρτίζομεν ἀριθμόν. ΡΝΘ (159)...». ΙΗΣΟΥΣ ΔΕ ΑΥΤΟΣ, Η ΚΑΘΑΡΑ ΤΕΛΕΙΟΤΗΣ, ΟΙΔΕ ΜΕΝ ΤΡΕΦΕΙΝ ΕΝ ΕΡΗΜΙΑ..».

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· Ἰησοῦς δέ αὐτός, ἡ καθαρά τελειότης, οἶδε μέν τρέφειν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ καί πέντε ἄρτοις πεντακισχιλίους, οἶδε δέ πάλιν καί ἑπτά τετρακισχιλίους· καί τά τοῦ κόρου λείψανα ἐκεῖ μέν δώδεκα κόφινοι, ἐνταῦθα δέ σπυρίδες ζ´. Οὐθέτερον ἀλόγως οἶμαι, οὐδέ ἀναξίως τοῦ Πνεύματος. Γυμνασθεῖσαν ἤδη πρός θεωρητικήν ἕξιν ἐν τοῖς προλαβοῦσι διά πλάτους, ὡς οἷόν τε ἦν, εἰρημένοις τήν διάνοιαν, πλήθει λόγων αὐτήν, εἰ δοκεῖ, μή βαρήσωμεν, δυναμένην λοιπόν καί κατ᾿ ἐπιτομήν τήν τῶν θείων ἐπιστημόνως δέχεσθαι θεωρίαν. Οἱ κρίθινοι τοιγαροῦν πέντε ἄρτοι τούς προχείρους τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας παραδηλοῦσι λόγους. Οἱ δέ τούτοις τρεφόμενοι πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες τούς περί φύσιν μέν κινουμένους, οὔπω δέ πάντη τῆς περί τό παθητικόν καί ἄλογον τῆς ψυχῆς μέρος ἐκκαθαρθέντας σχετικῆς διαθέσεως ἐμφαίνουσι. Ὡς νοεῖν δίδωσι τοῖς τῶν τοιούτων λόγων θεάμασι ἐκ κριθῆς εἶναι τούς ἄρτους, κοινόν δέ τοῦτο κτηνῶν τε καί ἀνθρώπων εἶδος ὑπάρχει τροφῆς, καί τό σύν γυναιξίν εἶναι καί παισίν, ὅπερ δηλοῖ σαφῶς μή τῶν καθ᾿ ἡδονήν παντελῶς ἐπιθυμιῶν καί τῆς ἀτελοῦς τῶν λογισμῶν νηπιότητος αὐτούς ἠλλοτριῶσθαι.

English

Or also in this way. To the Holy Trinity, mystically in the word, having contemplated its activity, I mean the good which displays the four general virtues, you will fulfill the number seven. For to the holy and all-praised Trinity, mystically contemplating its activity, we complete the number of the seven virgins. 159... "But Jesus himself, the pure perfection, knows how to feed in the desert.."

From the same discourse, on the passage: "But Jesus himself, the pure perfection, knows how to feed in the desert both five thousand with five loaves, and again four thousand with seven; and the remnants of the satisfaction there were twelve baskets, here seven baskets." Neither do I think this happened without reason, nor unworthily of the Spirit. Since the mind has already been exercised toward a contemplative habit in what has been said before at length, as far as possible, let us not burden it, if it seems good, with a multitude of words, since it is now able also to receive in summary the contemplation of divine things with knowledge. The five barley loaves, then, suggest the readily available principles of natural contemplation. And the five thousand men fed by them indicate those who are moved concerning nature, but not yet entirely purified from the relative disposition concerning the passive and irrational part of the soul. As the visions of such principles give us to understand that the loaves are of barley, and this is a common kind of food for beasts and humans, and that there were women and children present, which clearly shows that they had not been entirely estranged from the desires according to pleasure and the incomplete infancy of their reasonings.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:85 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἡ δέ ἔρημος ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος οὗτος, ἐν ᾦ τοῖς διά τῆς φυσικῆς θεωρίας περί τό θεῖον κινουμένοις τούς τῆς φύσεως πνευματικῶς διαθρύπτων λόγους ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγος πᾶσαν ἀγαθῶν χαρίζεται πλησμονήν, ὡς δηλοῦσιν οἱ τῶν περισσευμάτων κόφινοι, δώδεκα ὄντες τόν ἀριθμόν.

ΡΞ (160). ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΙΒ´ ΑΡΙΘΜΟΝ Θεωρία εἰς τό ιβ´ ἀριθμόν.

Ἐμφαίνει δέ ὁ δώδεκα ἀριθμός, ἤ τούς κατά χρόνον καί φύσιν λόγους, ὡς ἐκ πέντε καί ἑπτά κατά σύνθεσιν συμπληρούμενος. Ἑβδοματικός γάρ ὁ χρόνος, ὡς κυκλικῶς κινούμενος, καί τήν πρός τό κινεῖσθαι προσφυῶς ἔχων ἐπιτηδειότητα, τήν τῶν ἄκρων ἀπό τοῦ μέσου κατά τόν ἀριθμόν τοῦτον ἴσην ἀπόστασιν. Πενταδική ἡ φύσις, ὑπό τόν ἀριθμόν τόν πέντε πεφυκυΐα τάττεσθαι, διά τε τό πλέον τῆς ἁπλῶς λεγομένης ὕλης τῆς τετραχῶς διαιρουμένης ἔχειν τό εἶδος. Ἡ φύσις γάρ οὐδέν ἄλλο καθέστηκεν οὖσα ἤ ὕλη εἰδοποιημένη. Τό γάρ εἶδος τῇ ὕλῃ προστεθέν φύσιν ἀπεργάζεται.

ΡΞΑ (161). ΑΛΛΟ ΘΕΩΡΗΜΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλο θεώρημα εἰς τό αὐτό.

English

This wilderness is this world, in which the Word of God, spiritually breaking for those who are moved concerning the divine through natural contemplation the words of nature, grants every fullness of good things, as the baskets of the leftovers make clear, being twelve in number.

160. Contemplation on the number twelve. Contemplation on the number twelve.

The number twelve indicates either the words pertaining to time and nature, as being completed by composition from five and seven. For time is hebdomadic, as being moved cyclically, and having a fitness naturally suited to being moved, the equal distance of the extremes from the middle according to this number. Nature is pentadic, being naturally disposed to be ordered under the number five, both because the form has more than matter simply so called, which is divided fourfold. For nature is nothing other than matter given form. For the form added to matter produces nature.

161. Another contemplation on the same. Another contemplation on the same.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:86 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἤ τάς τῶν ὄντων γενητῶν καί αἰωνίων νοήσεις, ὡς κινουμένων καί περιγεγραμμένων, καί τόν τοῦ τί καί ποῖον καί πῶς εἶναι λόγον ἐπιδεχομένων. Πᾶν γάρ κινητόν τε καί γενητόν ὑπάρχει, καί διά τοῦτο πάντως καί ὑπό χρόνον ἐστί, κἄν εἰ μή τόν κινήσει μετρούμενον. Ἀρχήν γάρ ἔχει τοῦ εἶναι πᾶν γενητόν ὡς ἠργμένον τοῦ εἶναι, καί διάστημα, ἀφ᾿ οὗ τοῦ εἶναι ἤρξατο. Εἰ δέ καί ἔστι καί κινεῖται πᾶν γενητόν, καί ὑπό φύσιν πάντως ἐστί καί χρόνον, τήν μέν διά τό εἶναι, τόν δέ διά τό κινεῖσθαι, δι᾿ ὧν κατά συμπλοκήν ὁ τοῦ δώδεκα κατά τόν ἀποδοθέντα τρόπον συμπληροῦται λόγος.

ΡΞΒ (162). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη θεωρία.

Ἤ τήν ἠθικήν καί φυσικήν καί θεολογικήν φιλοσοφίαν ὁ ἀριθμός οὗτος δηλοῖ, ὡς ἐκ τεσσάρων καί πέντε καί τριῶν συναγόμενος. Τετραδική γάρ διά τάς δ᾿ γενικάς ἀρετάς ἐστιν ἡ ἐν τοῖς πράγμασι κατ᾿ ἦθος ἀκριβής φιλοσοφία. Πενταδική δέ ἡ φυσική θεωρία διά τήν εἰρημένην αἰτίαν, φημί δέ τήν πενταχῶς κατά φύσιν διαιρουμένην αἴσθησιν. Τριαδική δέ ἡ μυστική θεολογία, διά τάς ὁμοουσίους ἁγίας τρεῖς ὑποστάσεις τῆς παναγίου μονάδος, ἤ ἐν αἷς ἡ ἁγία μονάς, ἤ, κυριώτερον εἰπεῖν, ἅπερ ἡ ἁγία μονάς.

English

Or the understandings of beings that are generated and eternal, as being moved and circumscribed, and admitting the reason of what and of what sort and how they are. For everything is both movable and generated, and for this reason is certainly also under time, even if not the time measured by motion. For every generated thing has a beginning of its being, as having begun to be, and an interval from which it began to be. But if every generated thing both is and is moved, it is certainly under nature and time—under nature because it is, under time because it is moved—through which, by their combination, the reason of twelve is fulfilled in the manner that has been set forth.

162. Another contemplation.

Or this number indicates ethical, natural, and theological philosophy, as being gathered from four and five and three. For the philosophy in things that is exact in respect of character is fourfold because of the four general virtues. Natural contemplation is fivefold for the reason stated—I mean the sense divided fivefold according to nature. Mystical theology is threefold because of the three holy consubstantial hypostases of the all-holy Monad, or in which the holy Monad is, or, to speak more properly, which the holy Monad is.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:87 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΞΓ (163). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη θεωρία.

Ἤ τήν καθόλου καί γενικωτάτην ἀρετήν καί γνῶσιν, τήν μέν ὡς ἐνταῦθα διά τῶν δ’ ἀρετῶν κατορθουμένην, τήν δέ ὡς διά τῶν ὀκτώ τήν θεωτέραν τῶν μελλόντων μυστικῶς παραδηλούσων κατάστασιν σημαινομένην, ἐξ ὧν ὁ δώδεκα κατά σύνθεσιν ἀριθμός ἀπαρτίζεται.

ΡΞΔ (164). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη θεωρία.

Ἤ τά παρόντα τε καί τά μέλλοντα, ὡς τῶν μέν παρόντων τόν δ´ στοιχειώδη τε καί ὑλικόν ἀριθμόν ὄντα φυσικῶς παραδεχομένων, τῶν δέ μελλόντων μυστικῶς ἐπιθεωρούμενον αὐτοῖς ἐπιδεχομένων τόν ὀκτώ ἀριθμόν, ὡς τῆς κατά χρόνον ἑβδοματικῆς ὑπερθετικῆς ἰδιότητος.

ΡΞΕ (165). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη θεωρία.

Ἤ τούς περί νοητῶν καί αἰσθητῶν κρίσεώς τε καί προνοίας τριττούς λόγους ὁ δώδεκα σαφῶς ἀριθμός παραδηλοῖ. Ἕκαστον γάρ τούτων ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτό τοῦ εἶναι τοῦθ᾿ ὅπερ ἐστί τρεῖς ἐπιδέχεται λόγους, καθώς τοῖς ἄκροις λόγοις τῶν θείων μύσταις καί μυσταγωγοῖς διά πολλήν ἄσκησιν τῶν λογίων ἐκ πολλῶν κατάδηλον γέγονε. Τριπλασιάζοντες οὖν ἑαυτοῖς οἱ καθόλου τριττοί τῶν ὄντων

English

163. Another contemplation.

Or the universal and most general virtue and knowledge—the one accomplished here through the four virtues, the other signified as through the eight, mystically indicating the more divine state of things to come—from which the number twelve is completed by combination.

164. Another contemplation.

Or things present and things to come, since things present naturally accept the number four, which is elemental and material, while things to come admit the number eight, mystically contemplated in them, as of the hebdomadal supervening property in time.

165. Another contemplation.

Or the number twelve clearly indicates the threefold reasons concerning intelligible and sensible things, both of judgment and of providence. For each of these, in relation to itself, of being that which it is, admits three reasons, just as the extreme reasons have become evident to the divine mystics and initiators from many things through much practice of the oracles. Tripling themselves, therefore, the universal threefold reasons of beings

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:88 · narrative
Source · Greek

λόγοι τά ἐφ᾿ οἷς θεωροῦνται δ´ ὄντα, ἤ τό ἔμπαλιν τοῖς ὧν εἰσιν αὐτοί τετραπλούμενοι, τόν δώδεκα ποιοῦσιν ἀριθμόν. Εἰ γάρ τά ὄντα οὐσίαν ἔχει καί δύναμιν καί ἐνέργειαν, τριττόν τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς τοῦ εἶναι δηλονότι κέκτηνται λόγον. Εἰ δέ τούτους συνδεῖ τούς λόγους πρός τό εἶναι δηλονότι καθό εἰσιν ἡ πρόνοια, τριπλοῦς καί ὁ αὐτῆς πάντως ὑπάρχων καθέστηκε λόγος. Εἰ δέ τῶν λωβώσεων τῶν καθ᾿ ἕνα τῶν εἰρημένων παρατραπέντων λόγων, παρελθουσῶν τε καί παρουσῶν καί μελλουσῶν, ἡ κρίσις ἐστί τιμωρητική ὡς κακίας κολαστική, τριπλοῦν ἔχει καί αὐτή τόν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῇ τῆς θεωρίας λόγον, καθ᾿ ὅν οὐσίαν τε καί δύναμιν καί ἐνέργειαν τῶν ὄντων περιγράφουσα μένει τήν οἰκείαν εἰς τό διηνεκές ἀοριστίαν φυλάττουσα. ΡΞ (166). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη θεωρία.

Ἤ πάλιν τήν ἐφικτήν τοῦ αἰτίου καί τῶν αἰτιατῶν τελείαν ἐπίγνωσιν ὁ ἀριθμός οὗτος δηλοῖ. Δεκάδι γάρ προστεθεῖσα δυάς ποιεῖ τόν ιβ´· δεκάς δέ ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ Κύριος καί Θεός τῶν ὅλων, ὡς ἀνεκφοιτήτως ταῖς ἀπό μονάδος προόδοις πρός ἑαυτόν μοναδικῶς πάλιν ἀποκαθιστάμενος. Μονάς γάρ καί ἡ δεκάς, καί ὡς ὅρος τῶν ὁριζομένων καί περιοχή τῶν κλινουμένων καί πέρας πάσης ἀριθμητικῆς ἀποπερατώσεως. Καί δυάς ἐστι πάλιν πᾶσα τῶν μετά Θεόν ὄντων ἡ σύμπηξις, οἷον τά μέν αἰσθητά πάντα ὡς ἐξ ὕλης συνεστηκότα καί εἴδους ἐστί δυάς, τά δέ νοητά, ὡσαύτως ἐξ οὐσίας καί τοῦ εἰδοποιοῦντος αὐτά οὐσιωδῶς συμβεβηκότος.

English

The principles (logoi) according to which beings are contemplated are four, or conversely, being multiplied fourfold in relation to the things of which they are the principles, they make up the number twelve. For if beings have essence, power, and activity, they clearly possess a threefold principle of their being. And if providence binds these principles to being—clearly insofar as they exist—then its principle is altogether threefold as well. And if the judgment upon the corruptions of the principles that have been perverted in each of the things mentioned—past, present, and future—is punitive as the chastisement of vice, it too has a threefold principle of contemplation, according to which, circumscribing the essence, power, and activity of beings, it remains keeping its own indefiniteness unto perpetuity. 166. Another contemplation. Another contemplation.

Or again, this number indicates the perfect knowledge, attainable, of the cause and of the things caused. For a dyad added to a decad makes twelve; and the decad is Jesus the Lord and God of all, as he who, without departing from himself, through the processions from the monad, is again restored to himself in a monadic manner. For the decad is also a monad, both as the boundary of things bounded and the encompassment of things inclined and the limit of every numerical completion. And the dyad is again the whole composition of all things after God—for instance, all sensible things, as composed of matter and form, are a dyad, and intelligible things likewise, from essence and the property that gives them form essentially.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:89 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οὐδέ γάρ ἐστι τό παράπαν γενητόν κυρίως ἁπλοῦν, ὅτι μή τόδε μόνον ἐστίν ἤ τόδε, ἀλλ᾿ ὡς ἐν ὑποκειμένῳ τῇ οὐσίᾳ ἔχει τήν συστατικήν τε καί ἀφοριστικήν διαφοράν συνεπιθεωρουμένην, τήν αὐτό μέν ἐκεῖνο συνιστῶσαν, ἄλλου δέ αὐτό φανερῶς διακρίνουσαν. Οὐδέν δέ καθ᾿ οἱονδήποτε τρόπον οὐσιωδῶς ἔχον συνεπιθεωρούμενόν τι πρός δήλωσιν τῆς οἰκείας ὑπάρξεως δύναται κυρίως εἶναι ἁπλοῦν.

ΡΞΖ (167). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ Ἄλλη θεωρία.

Ἤ πάλιν τήν θείαν οὐσίαν καί τήν αὐτῆς δραστικήν ἐνέργειαν ἐπικεκρυμμένως ὁ ἀριθμός οὗτος ὑποσημαίνει. Τήν μέν θείαν οὐσίαν, διά τοῦ τρεῖς ἀριθμοῦ δηλουμένην ὡς τριαδικῶς ὑμνουμένην διά τήν τρισυπόστατον ὕπαρξιν· τριάς γάρ ἐστιν ἡ μονάς ὡς ἐν τελείαις οὖσα τελεία ταῖς ὑποστάσεσιν, ἤγουν τῷ τῆς ὑπάρξεως τρόπῳ, καί μονάς ἐστιν ἡ τριάς ἀληθῶς τῷ τῆς οὐσίας, ἤγουν τῷ τοῦ εἶναι λόγῳ. Τήν δέ δραστικήν ἐνέργειαν διά τοῦ ἕξ ἀριθμοῦ μηνυομένην, ὡς μόνου τῶν ἐντός δεκάδος ἀριθμοῦ τελείου καί πλήρους, καί ἐκ τῶν οἰκείων συνισταμένου μερῶν, καί τῶν αὖ καθόλου καί ἀνίσων ἀριθμῶν περιεκτικοῦ, τοῦ ἀρτίου φημί καί τοῦ περιττοῦ, ὡς καί μόνην τελείαν τελείων, καθ᾿ ὅν εἰσι λόγον, ἀπεργαστικήν τε καί φρουρητικήν. Ἄνισα γάρ τά μετά τοῖς ἄκροις κινούμενα πρός τήν τῶν ἄκρων ἀεικίνητον στάσιν. Οἷον ἵν᾿ ἐξ ἑνός καί τῶν λοιπῶν ποιήσωμαι τοῖς φιλοπόνοις τήν ἔνστασιν, ἄκρον μέν ἐστι τό· Καί εἶπεν ὁ Θεός, Ποιήσωμεν ἄνθρωπον κατ᾿ εἰκόνα ἡμετέραν καί καθ᾿ ὁμοίωσιν· μέσον δέ τό· Καί ἐποίησεν ὁ Θεός τόν ἄνθρωπον, ἄρσεν καί θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς· καί ἄκρον πάλιν·

English

For no created thing is in the strict sense altogether simple, since it is not merely this or merely that, but it has its constitutive and distinguishing difference contemplated together with it in its essence as in a subject—the difference that constitutes it as that very thing and clearly distinguishes it from another. And nothing that in any way whatsoever has a difference essentially contemplated together with it for the manifestation of its own existence can be strictly simple.

167. ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION

Or again, this number secretly signifies the divine essence and its active operation. The divine essence is indicated by the number three, as being hymned in a threefold way because of its three-hypostatic existence; for the monad is a triad, being perfect in perfections in its hypostases, that is, in the mode of existence, and the triad is truly a monad in its essence, that is, in the principle of being. The active operation is made known by the number six, as the only perfect and complete number among those within the decade, being composed of its own parts, and as containing both the general and unequal numbers—I mean the even and the odd—as also the only perfect number that is productive and preservative of perfect things according to the principle in which they exist. For the unequal things that are moved between the extremes tend toward the ever-moving stability of the extremes. For example, so that I may make the exposition from one instance and the rest for those who love labor: an extreme is "And God said, Let us make man in our image and likeness"; a middle is "And God made man, male and female made he them"; and again an extreme—

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:90 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἐν γάρ Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ οὐκ ἔστιν οὔτε ἄρσεν οὔτε θῆλυ. Τῶν ἄκρων οὖν καί τῶν μέσων ἀνίσων ὄντων, ὡς τῶν μέν τό ἄῤῥεν ἐχόντων καί τό θῆλυ, τῶν δέ μή ἐχόντων, ἐστί ποιητική τε καί περιεκτική ἡ θεία ἐνέργεια, ἥντινα μυστικῶς, καθάπερ οἶμαι,

μυηθείς ὁ σοφώτατος Μωϋσῆς, καί τοῖς λοιποῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀγαθοπρεπῶς ὑπεμφαίνων, ἐν ἕξ ἡμέραις γέγραφε τόν Θεόν πεποιηκέναι τόν σύμπαντα κόσμον· ᾗτινι καθ᾿ εἱρμόν καί καί τάξιν μετά τῆς προνοίας καί τῆς κρίσεως τῶν ὄντων πρεπόντως συνεπιθεωροῦντες τήν γένεσιν (περιέχεται γάρ αὐτῇ ταῦτα) τόν ιβ´ πληρέστατον ἀπαρτίζομεν ἀριθμόν.

ΡΞΗ (168). ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟΥΣ ΚΟΦΙΝΟΥΣ Θεωρία εἰς τούς κοφίνους.

Κοφίνους δέ φησιν ὁ λόγος, ἐν οἷς ἀπετέθη τά περισσεύσαντα, τήν παιδευτικήν οἰκονομίαν, τῶν πνευματικῶς τραφέντων τούς νοητούς τῶν εἰρημένων λόγους, διά τό μήπω τῆς παιδαγωγικῆς αὐτούς ὑπεράνω γενέσθαι διδασκαλίας, τῆς καί τά χρήσιμα δεόντως ὑποτιθεμένης, καί τήν ἀλγεινήν τοῖς οὔτω παιδευομένοις ἀγωγήν προτεινούσης, ὡς νοεῖν δίδωσιν ἡ ἐξ ἧς οἰκοδομοῦνται οἱ κόφινοι ὕλη, πληκτική κατά φύσιν ὑπάρχουσα. ΡΞΘ (169). ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΤΩΝ Ζ´ ΑΡΤΩΝ Θεωρία τῶν ζ´ ἄρτων.

English

For in Christ Jesus there is neither male nor female. Since, then, the extremes and the intermediates are unequal—the former having male and female, the latter not having them—the divine activity is creative and comprehensive, which the most wise Moses, mystically initiated, as I think, and goodly hinting to the rest of men, wrote that God made the whole world in six days; and with this activity, in sequence and order, together with providence and the judgment of things that exist, we fittingly contemplate creation (for these things are contained in it) and complete the most perfect number twelve.

WORD 168. CONTEMPLATION OF THE BASKETS. Contemplation of the baskets.

The Word calls baskets those in which the leftovers were placed, meaning the pedagogical economy—the spiritual meanings of the things said, for those who have been spiritually fed—because they have not yet risen above the pedagogical teaching, which also properly sets before them what is useful and presents to those so educated the painful discipline, as the material from which the baskets are made gives us to understand, being by nature striking.

WORD 169. CONTEMPLATION OF THE SEVEN LOAVES. Contemplation of the seven loaves.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:91 · narrative
Source · Greek

Οἱ δέ ἑπτά τῶν τετρακισχιλίων ἄρτοι τήν νομικήν, ὡς οἶμαι, μυσταγωγίαν ὑποτυποῦσιν, ἤτοι τούς κατ᾿ αὐτήν θειοτέρους λόγους, οὕστινας τοῖς προσμένουσι τρεῖς ἡμέρας τῷ λόγῳ, τουτέστι μεθ᾿ ὑπομονῆς τόν περί τήν ἠθικήν τε καί φυσικήν καί θεολογικήν φιλοσοφίαν περιποιητικόν τοῦ φωτισμοῦ τῆς γνώσεως πόνον μακροθύμως φέρουσιν, ὁ λόγος μυστικῶς δίδωσιν. ΡΟ (170). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΠΕΡΙ ΤΩΝ ΤΡΙΩΝ ΗΜΕΡΩΝ Ἄλλη θεωρία περί τῶν τριῶν ἡμερῶν.

Ἤ τόν φυσικόν τυχόν καί γραπτόν καί πνευματικόν νόμον αἱ τρεῖς ἡμέραι παραδηλοῦσιν, ὡς ἑκάστου τοῦ κατ᾿ αὐτόν πνευματικωτέρου λόγου τόν φωτισμόν τοῖς φιλοπονοῦσι παρέχοντος, καθ᾿ ἅς ἀμέμπτως οἱ καλῶς τε καί ἀληθῶς πεινῶντες τά θεῖα, τῷ Θεῷ καί Λόγῳ προσμένοντες, δέχονται τροφήν μυστικήν κατά ταὐτόν νίκης τε καί βασιλείας ἔχουσαν σύμβολα τοῦ κόρου τά λείψανα. Αἱ γάρ ἑπτά σπυρίδες ἐκ φοινίκων τήν ὕλην ἔχουσαι (νίκης δέ σύμβολον καί βασιλείας ὁ φοῖνιξ), πρός δέ καί τῆς ἀκλονήτου πρός τάς τῶν βιαίων πνευμάτων ἐμβολάς ὑπέρ ἀληθείας ἐνστάσεως δι᾿ ἑαυτῶν τούς τραφέντας πάσης κακίας καί ἀγνωσίας νικητάς ἀποφαίνουσιν, ὡς τήν κατά παθῶν τε καί δαιμόνων παρά τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου ἀήττητον λαβόντας δυναστείαν.

English

The seven loaves of the four thousand prefigure, as I think, the legal mystagogy, that is, the more divine principles contained in it, which the Word mystically gives to those who remain with the Word for three days—that is, who patiently and long-sufferingly bear the labor that procures the illumination of knowledge concerning ethical, natural, and theological philosophy. RO (170). ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION CONCERNING THE THREE DAYS. Another contemplation concerning the three days.

Or perhaps the three days indicate the natural, the written, and the spiritual law, since each of the more spiritual principles contained in it provides illumination to those who love labor, during which days those who rightly and truly hunger for divine things, remaining with God the Word, receive mystical food that at the same time has the symbols of victory and kingship—the remnants of the loaves being the remnants of satiety. For the seven baskets, having their material from palm branches (and the palm is a symbol of victory and kingship), and furthermore by themselves demonstrate those who were fed to be victors over all evil and ignorance, through their unshaken resistance on behalf of truth against the assaults of violent spirits, so that they have received from God the Word the invincible dominion over passions and demons.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:92 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΟΑ (171). ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΤΟΥ ΑΡΙΘΜΟΥ ΤΩΝ ΤΕΤΡΑΚΙΣΧΙΛΙΩΝ ΑΝΔΡΩΝ Θεωρία τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν τετρακισχιλίων ἀνδρῶν. Καί ὁ αὐτῶν δέ ἐκείνων τῶν τούτους τραφέντων τούς πνευματικούς λόγους ἀριθμός τῆς ἀληθοῦς αὐτῶν ἀρίδηλος μάρτυς ἐστί τελειότητος, ὡς τάς τέσσαρας γενικάς περιέχων μονάδας, ὧν πρώτη μέν ἐστιν ἡ πρώτη μονάς, δευτέρα δέ μονάς ἐστιν ἡ δεκάς, τρίτη δέ μονάς ἐστιν ἡ ἑκατοντάς, καί τετάρτη μονάς ἐστιν ἡ χιλιάς. Ἑκάστη γάρ τούτων, χωρίς τῆς πρώτης μονάδος, καί μονάς ἐστι καί δεκάς· μονάς μέν τῶν μετ᾿ αὐτήν, ὡς εἰς ἑαυτήν συντιθεμένη, καί τῷ

δεκαπλασιασμῷ τήν αὐτῆς ἀπαρτίζουσα δεκάδα· δεκάς δέ, ὡς τῶν πρό αὐτῆς μονάδων τήν σύνθεσιν εἰς ἑαυτήν περιγράφουσα· χιλιάς δέ τετραπλουμένη τετρακισχιλίους ὑφίστησιν. Ἔστιν οὖν ἡ πρώτη μονάς μυστικῆς θεολογίας σύμβολον, ἡ δέ δευτέρα μονάς θείας οἰκονομίας καί ἀγαθότητος τύπος, ἡ δέ τρίτη μονάς ἀρετῆς καί γνώσεώς ἐστιν εἰκών, καί ἡ τετάρτη μονάς τῆς καθόλου τῶν ὄντων θειοτέρας μεταποιήσεως δήλωσις.

English

Contemplation of the number of the four thousand men. And the number of their spiritual principles—of those very men who were fed—is a manifest witness of their true perfection, as containing the four generic units, of which the first is the first unit, the second unit is the ten, the third unit is the hundred, and the fourth unit is the thousand. For each of these, apart from the first unit, is both a unit and a ten: a unit of those after it, as being summed into itself and, by tenfold multiplication, completing its own ten; and a ten, as enclosing within itself the composition of the units before it; and the thousand, quadrupled, establishes the four thousand. The first unit, then, is a symbol of mystical theology; the second unit is a type of divine economy and goodness; the third unit is an image of virtue and knowledge; and the fourth unit is a declaration of the more divine transformation of all things universally.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:93 · narrative
Source · Greek

ΡΟΒ (172). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟΝ Ζ´. ΑΡΙΘΜΟΝ Ἄλλη θεωρία εἰς τόν ζ´. ἀριθμόν.

Ὁ δέ ἑπτά ἀριθμός τῶν σπυρίδων κατ᾿ ἄλλον πρός τῷ προτέρῳ θεωρούμενος τρόπῳ, ὥς φασιν, ἐμφαίνει σοφίαν καί φρόνησιν, τήν μέν ὡς περί τήν αἰτίαν τρισσῶς κατά νοῦν κινουμένην, τήν δέ περί τά μετά τήν αἰτίαν καί περί τήν αἰτίαν ὄντα κατά λόγον διά τήν αἰτίαν τετραχῶς κινουμένην. Οὐδέτερον οὖν ἀλόγως παρά τοῦ Κυρίου γεγένηται κατά τόν μέγαν τοῦτον διδάσκαλον, οὐδέ ἀναξίως τοῦ Πνεύματος.

ΡΟΓ (173)...». ΔΙΑΦΟΡΑ ΧΑΡΙΣΜΑΤΩΝ...ΔΕΟΜΕΝΗ ΧΑΡΙΣΜΑΤΟΣ ΠΡΟΣ ΔΙΑΚΡΙΣΙΝ ΤΟΥ ΒΕΛΤΙΟΝΟΣ»

Ἐκ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου, εἰς τό· «Καί ἔστι διαφορά χαρισμάτων, ἄλλου δεομένη χαρίσματος πρός διάκρισιν τοῦ βελτίονος». Ἡ διαφορά τῶν χαρισμάτων ἡ ἄλλου δεομένη χαρίσματος πρός διάκρισιν κατά τόν μέγαν τοῦτον διδάσκαλόν ἐστιν, ἡ προφητεία, καθώς οἶμαι, καί τό λαλεῖν γλώσσαις.

English

ROB (172). Another contemplation of the number seven. Another contemplation of the number seven.

The number seven of the baskets, contemplated in another way in addition to the former, as they say, signifies wisdom and prudence—the one, as moving threefold in the intellect concerning the cause; the other, concerning the things after the cause and the things that are around the cause, moving fourfold according to reason on account of the cause. Neither, then, was done by the Lord without reason, according to this great teacher, nor unworthily of the Spirit.

ROG (173)... "DIVERSITY OF CHARISMS... A CHARISM NEEDED FOR DISCERNING THE BETTER"

From the same discourse, on the text: "And there is a diversity of charisms, one needing another charism for discerning the better." The diversity of charisms that needs another charism for discernment is, according to this great teacher, prophecy, as I think, and speaking in tongues.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:94 · narrative
Source · Greek

Ἡ μέν γάρ προφητεία δεῖται τοῦ χαρίσματος τῆς διακρίσεως τῶν πνευμάτων, πρός τό γνωσθῆναι τίς καί πόθεν καί ποῦ φέρουσα καί ποίου πνεύματός ἐστι, καί δι᾿ ἥν αἰτίαν, μή πως φλήναφός ἐστι, μόνον εἰκῆ προφερομένη ἐκ τῆς κατά τό ἡγεμονικόν βλάβης τοῦ λέγοντος, ἤ αὐτοκίνητός τις ὁρμή τοῦ δῆθεν προφητεύοντος, ἐξ ἀγχινοίας περί τινων φυσικῶς κατά λόγον διά πολυπειρίαν τεκμαιρομένου πραγμάτων, ἤ τοῦ πονηροῦ καί δαιμονιώδους πνεύματος, ὥσπερ ἐν Μοντανῷ καί τοῖς ἐκείνῳ παραπλησίοις ἐστί τερατολογία ἐν προφητείας εἴδει τό λεγόμενον, ἤ δόξης ἕνεκεν κενῆς τοῖς ἄλλων ἄλλος τυχόν ἁβρύνεται, λέγων τε καί πομπεύων ἅπερ αὐτός οὐκ ἐγέννησεν, ὑπέρ τοῦ θαυμασθῆναι ψευδόμενος, καί πατέρα νόθον ὀρφανῶν λόγων καί νοημάτων ἑαυτόν ὑπέρ τοῦ δόξαι σοφός τις εἶναι προβάλλεσθαι οὐκ αἰσχυνόμενος. Προφῆται γάρ δύο, φησίν ὁ θεῖος Ἀπόστολος, ἤ τρεῖς λαλείτωσαν, καί οἱ ἄλλοι διακρινέτωσαν. Τίνες δέ τυγχάνουσιν οἱ ἄλλοι δηλονότι οἱ τό χάρισμα τῆς διακρίσεως ἔχοντες τῶν πνευμάτων. Δεῖται τοίνυν ἡ μέν προφητεία, καθώς ἔφην, τῆς διακρίσεως τῶν πνευμάτων, ἵνα γνωσθῇ καί πιστευθῇ καί ἐγκριθῇ, τό δέ χάρισμα τῶν γλωσσῶν δεῖται τοῦ χαρίσματος τῆς ἑρμηνείας, ἵνα μή δόξῃ τοῖς παροῦσιν ὁ τοιοῦτος μαίνεσθαι, μή δυναμένου τινός τῶν ἀκουόντων παρακολουθῆσαι τοῖς λαλουμένοις. Ἐάν γάρ, φησίν ὁ μέγας Ἀπόστολος, λαλεῖτε γλώσσαις, εἰσέλθῃ δέ τις ἄπιστος ἤ ἰδιώτης, οὐκ ἐροῦσιν ὅτι μαίνεσθε; Καί κελεύει μᾶλλον σιωπᾷν τόν λαλοῦντα γλώσσαις, ἐάν μή ᾗ ὁ διερμηνεύων.

English

For prophecy needs the gift of discerning spirits, so that it may be known who the speaker is, and whence, and whither he is tending, and of what spirit he is, and for what reason—lest it be mere nonsense, uttered at random solely from some injury to the ruling faculty of the speaker, or some self-moved impulse of the supposed prophet, who from shrewdness infers certain things naturally and rationally by reason of much experience, or from the evil and demonic spirit, as in the case of Montanus and those like him, where what is said is a prodigy-mongering in the guise of prophecy, or else for the sake of empty glory one man perhaps prides himself on another's gifts, speaking and parading what he himself did not beget, lying in order to be admired, and not ashamed to put himself forward as the false father of bastard words and thoughts, so as to seem to be someone wise. For, says the divine Apostle, let two or three prophets speak, and let the others discern. And who are the others but those who have the gift of discerning spirits? Prophecy, then, needs the discerning of spirits, as I said, so that it may be known and believed and approved; and the gift of tongues needs the gift of interpretation, so that such a one may not seem to those present to be mad, since none of the hearers is able to follow what is being said. For, says the great Apostle, if you speak in tongues and some unbeliever or outsider enters, will they not say that you are mad? And he commands the one who speaks in tongues rather to keep silent, unless there be one to interpret.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:95 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τό δέ "Πρός διάκρισιν" φάναι τό διδάσκαλον "τοῦ βελτίονος" φασίν οἱ τοῖς θείοις τόν νοῦν καταφωτίσαντες λόγοις ὑπερέχειν τό τῆς προφητείας καί τό τῶν γλωσσῶν χάρισμα τῶν ὧν πρός διάκρισίν τε καί διασάφησιν χρῄζουσι χαρισμάτων, τουτέστι τῆς διακρίσεως τῶν

πνευμάτων καί τῆς ἑρμηνείας. Ὅπερ εἰδώς ὁ διδάσκαλος ἔφη, "Πρός διάκρισιν τοῦ βελτίονος».

ΡΟΔ (174). ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ, ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΕΙΣ ΗΡΩΝΑ ΤΟΝ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΟΝ ΛΟΓΟΥ... Τοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ εἰς Ἤρωνα τόν φιλόσοφον λόγου εἰς τό· «Συμβάματα καί παρασυμβάματα».

Σύμβαμά ἐστι κατά γραμματικούς πρότασις ἐξ ὀνόματος καί ῥήματος αὐτοτελῆ διάνοιαν ἀπαρτίζουσα, οἷον, " Ἰωάννης περιπατεῖ. " Παρασύμβαμα δέ ἐστι πρότασις ἐξ ὀνόματος καί ῥήματος οὐκ αὐτοτελῆ διάνοιαν ἀπαρτίζουσα, οἷον Ἰωάννη μέλει. Φήσας οὖν τις, " Ἰωάννης περιπατεῖ, " οὐδενός ἑτέρου χρῄζειν ἔδειξε εἰπών δέ, " Ἰωάννῃ μέλει, " περί τίνος αὐτῷ μέλει παρέλειψεν εἰπεῖν. ΡΟΕ (175). ΤΟΥ ΑΥΤΟΥ ΕΚ ΤΟΥ ΕΙΣ ΤΟΝ ΑΓΙΟΝ ΒΑΣΙΛΕΙΟΝ ΕΠΙΤΑΦΙΟΥ... Τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ εἰς τόν ἅγιον Βασίλειον ἐπιταφίου, εἰς τό· «Ἐπ᾿ οὐδενός οὖν τῶν ἁπάντων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐφ᾿ ὅτῳ οὐχί τῶν ἁπάντων». Ὅτι ποτέ τις ἀποδέχεται τῶν καλῶν, κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο πάντως καί ποιεῖται τήν ἐπίδοσιν καί τοῖς περί αὐτοῦ λεγομένοις δῆλον ἤδεται καί παρακαλεῖται. Ἥδεται μέν προστιθέμενος αὐτῷ πλέον κατά ψυχήν ὡς καταθυμίῳ πράγματι, παρακαλεῖται δέ τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτό πλείονος ἐπιδόσεως, ἐκ τοῦ περί αὐτοῦ δεχόμενος ἐπαίνου μείζονα προτροπήν.

English

The teacher’s phrase “for the discernment of the better” means, say those who have illumined their mind with the divine words, that the charism of prophecy and the charism of tongues are superior to those charisms that need discernment and clarification—that is, the discernment of spirits and interpretation. Knowing this, the teacher said, “For the discernment of the better.”

(174). From the same author, from the discourse to Heron the philosopher, on the text “Events and accompanying events.”

An event, according to the grammarians, is a proposition consisting of a noun and a verb that completes a self-sufficient meaning, for example, “John walks.” An accompanying event is a proposition consisting of a noun and a verb that does not complete a self-sufficient meaning, for example, “It concerns John.” So one who says, “John walks,” has shown that he needs nothing else; but one who says, “It concerns John,” has omitted to say what it concerns him about.

(175). From the same author, from the funeral oration for Saint Basil, on the text “There is nothing, then, among all things for which it is not the case that it is among all things.”

That whenever someone approves of good things, it is certainly in that respect that he also makes progress, and he clearly takes pleasure in and is encouraged by what is said about it. He takes pleasure when more is added to it in his soul, as in a thing according to his desire, and he is encouraged toward greater progress in it, receiving greater exhortation from the praise he accepts concerning it.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:96 · narrative
Source · Greek

" Ὧν γάρ, φησίν ὁ διδάσκαλος, τούς ἐπαίνους οἶδα, τούτων σαφῶς καί ἐπιδόσεις», τουτέστιν, ὧν οἶδα πραγμάτων τούς ἐπαίνους, καί τῶν ἀποδεχομένων αὐτά σαφῶς ἀνθρώπων τάς εἰς ἀρετήν ἐπιδόσεις, ἤγουν ἐπαυξήσεις, ἐπίσταμαι. Ἐπ᾿ οὐδενός οὖν τῶν πραγμάτων πάντων δηλονότι τῶν ἐπαινουμένων οὐκ ἔστιν ἐφ᾿ ᾧτινι οὐχί πάντως τῶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς ἡδομένων εὕροις τήν ἐπαύξησιν· ἤ ἐπειδή τρία προθείς ὁ διδάσκαλος ἀνωτέρω, ἑαυτόν, τούς λόγους, τούς τῆς ἀρετῆς ἐπαινέτας, ἐν τούτοις περιλαβών κατά ῥήτορας ἐξήπλωσε, τάς ἐπαγωγάς τοῖς τρισίν ἐφαρμόσας, καί ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ πρότερον τῆς ἀποδόσεως ἀρξάμενος, εἶτα διά μέσων τῶν ἀρετῆς ἐπαινετῶν διελθών, εἰς τούς λόγους αὐτάς ἐπλήρωσεν, ὡς τῆς κατά τόν ἅγιον Βασίλειον ὑποθέσεως καί αὐτῷ πρεπούσης, ὡς διδασκάλῳ, καί τοῦ λόγου προβεβλημένῳ, καί τοῖς ἀγαπῶσι τήν ἀρετήν, ἤγουν τοῖς αὐτῆς ἐπαινέταις, πεποθημένης, οἷα ποθοῦσι γνῶναι τούς τρόπους τῆς διά μιμήσεως εἰς ἀρετήν ἐπιδόσεως, καί τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῖς ἁρμοζούσης, ὡς ἐκφαντορικοῖς τῶν κατ᾿ ἀρετήν καλῶν. Παντός μέν οὖν ἀνδρός βίον ἔχοντος κατά Θεόν ἐπαινούμενον, μάλιστα δέ Βασιλείου τοῦ πάνυ, κἄν τε δυνηθῶσι πᾶσαν περιλαβεῖν, καί ὥσπερ εἰκόνα ζῶσαν καί ἔμψυχον ὑποδεῖξαι τοῖς ἐρασταῖς τήν τοῦ ἀνδρός ἀρετήν, κἄν τε μή δυνηθῶσι τοῦ ταύτης ἐφικέσθαι μεγέθους, ἐπ᾿ οὐδενός οὖν οὐκ ἔστι τῶν ἁπάντων, καί λόγου καί λέγοντος καί ἀκούοντος, ἐφ᾿ ᾣτινι τό τῆς ὑποθέσεως καλόν οὐχ ἁρμόσει, ἤ καθώς ἀνωτέρω ἀκριβέστερον μᾶλλον ἐξήτασται. ΡΟ (176)...». ΠΑΙΖΕΙ ΓΑΡ ΛΟΓΟΣ ΑΙΠΥΣ ΕΝ ΕΙΔΕΣΙ ΠΑΝΤΟΔΑΠΟΙΣΙ, ΚΡΙΝΑΣ, ΩΣ ΕΘΕΛΟΙ..».

English

For those whose praises I know,” says the teacher, “of these I clearly know also the advances”—that is, of the things whose praises I know, I also know clearly the advances, or increases, of the men who receive them toward virtue. Therefore, on none of all the things that are praised—obviously—is there any case in which you would not find the increase of those who take pleasure in them; or, since the teacher, having set forth three things above—himself, the words, and the praisers of virtue—enclosed them in these and expanded them in rhetorical fashion, applying the inducements to the three, and beginning the repayment from himself first, then passing through the middle term of the praisers of virtue, and fulfilling them in the words, so that the theme according to Saint Basil is fitting both for him as a teacher and for one who has come forward in speech, and is desired by those who love virtue, that is, by its praisers, as those who long to know the ways of advancement toward virtue through imitation, and it is fitting for the words themselves, as declarative of the goods that pertain to virtue. Therefore, since every man who has a life praised according to God—and especially the great Basil—whether they are able to encompass the whole and display the man’s virtue to its lovers as a living and animate image, or are unable to reach its greatness, on none of all things, neither word nor speaker nor hearer, is there any case in which the beauty of the theme will not fit, or as has been examined more precisely above. (176)... “For playful speech darts among all kinds of forms, judging as it wishes.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:97 · narrative
Source · Greek

Τοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῶν ἐπῶν, εἰς τό· «Παίζει γάρ λόγος αἰπύς ἐν εἴδεσι παντοδαποῖσι, κρίνας, ὡς ἐθέλοι, κόσμον ἐόν ἔνθα καί ἔνθα». Ἡνίκα τόν νοῦν ὡς διά κλείθρων τινῶν τῶν φαινομένων ὁ μέγας Δαβίδ κατά μόνην πίστιν ἐν πνεύματι πρός τά νοητά διελάσας ἐδέξατό τινα

παρά τῆς θείας σοφίας τῶν ἐφικτῶν ἀνθρώποις μυστηρίων ἔμφασιν, τότε, καθάπερ οἶμαι, φησίν, Ἄβυσσος, ἄβυσσον ἐπικαλεῖται εἰς φωνήν τῶν καταῤῥακτῶν σου· τούτοις τυχόν ἐνδεικνύμενος, ὅτι πᾶς νοῦς θεωρητικός, διά τε τό κατά φύσιν ἀόρατον καί τό βάθος καί πλῆθος τῶν νοημάτων ἀβύσσῳ παρεοικώς, ἐπειδάν τῶν φαινομένων διαβάς πᾶσαν τήν διακόσμησιν, καί εἰς τήν τῶν νοητῶν σφοδρῷ τῆς κινήσεως ὑπερβάς τήν εὐπρέπειαν, ἐφ᾿ ἑαυτόν στῇ, πεπηγώς παντάπασι καί ἀκίνητος, διά τήν πάντων διάβασιν, τηνικαῦτα τήν θείαν δεόντως ἐπικαλεῖται σοφίαν, τήν ὄντως τε καί ἀληθῶς κατά τήν γνῶσιν ἀδιεξίτητον ἄβυσσον, φωνήν αὐτῷ δοῦναι τῶν θείων καταῤῥακτῶν, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ αὐτούς τούς καταῤῥάκτας, ὅπερ ἐστίν ἔμφασίν τινα πίστεως γνωστικήν τῶν περί τό πᾶν τῆς θείας προνοίας τρόπων τε καί λόγων αἰτῶν ὑποδέξασθαι, δι᾿ ἧς μνησθῆναι δυνήσεται τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐκ γῆς Ἰορδάνου καί Ἐρμονιείμ, ἐν ᾗ τῆς θείας πρός ἀνθρώπους τοῦ Θεοῦ Λόγου συγκαταβάσεως τό μέγα καί φρικτόν διά σαρκός ἐτελέσθη μυστήριον, ἐν ᾧ τῆς εἰς Θεόν εὐσεβείας ἐδωρήθη τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τό ἀληθές, ὅπερ διά τό πᾶσαν ἐκβεβηκέναι φύσεως τάξιν καί δύναμιν·

English

From the same man, from the verses, on the passage: "For the steep word plays in forms of every kind, judging, as it wills, the world that is here and there." When the great David, having passed through the things that appear as through certain bolts, by faith alone in the spirit, toward the things intelligible, received some

impression from the divine wisdom of the mysteries attainable by men, then, as I think, he says, "Deep calls unto deep at the voice of your cataracts," perhaps indicating by these words that every contemplative intellect, being like a deep both because of its natural invisibility and because of the depth and multitude of its thoughts, when it has crossed the whole ordering of things that appear and, surpassing the fair order of things intelligible by the vehemence of its movement, stands upon itself, wholly fixed and motionless because of its passage through all things—at that time it rightly calls upon the divine wisdom, the deep that is truly and really impassable in knowledge, to give it the voice of the divine cataracts, but not the cataracts themselves—that is, to receive some gnostic impression of faith concerning the ways and reasons of divine providence that pervade the whole, through which it will be able to remember God from the land of the Jordan and Hermon, in which the great and awesome mystery of the divine condescension of the Word of God toward men was accomplished through the flesh, in which the truth of piety toward God was given to men, which, because it has transcended every order and power of nature—

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:98 · narrative
Source · Greek

τῷ μέν θείῳ καί τῆς θείας μύστῃ τε καί μυσταγωγῷ κρυφιογνώστου σοφίας Παύλῳ τῷ μεγάλῳ ἀποστόλῳ μωρία ὠνομάσθη Θεοῦ καί ἀσθένεια, διά τήν ὑπερβάλλουσαν οἶμαι σοφίαν καί δύναμιν· τῷ δέ θεόφρονι μεγάλῳ Γρηγορίῳ παίγνιον προσηγορεύθη, διά τήν ὑπερβάλλουσαν φρόνησιν. Ὁ μέν γάρ φησι. Τό μωρόν τοῦ Θεοῦ σοφώτερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστί, καί τό ἀσθενές τοῦ Θεοῦ ἰσχυρότερον τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐστί· ὁ δέ. Παίζει γάρ λόγος αἰπύς ἐν εἴδεσι παντοδαποῖσι, Κρίνας ὡς ἐθέλοι κόσμον ἐόν ἔνθα καί ἔνθα· ἑκάτερος τῇ στερήσει τῶν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν κρατίστων θέσεων τήν θείαν ἐνδεικνύμενος ἕξιν, καί ταῖς ἀποφάσεσι τῶν ἡμετέρων ποιούμενος τήν τῶν θείων κατάφασιν. Μωρία γάρ παρ᾿ ἡμῖν καί ἀσθένεια καί παίγνιον στερήσεις εἰσίν, ἡ μέν σοφίας, ἡ δέ δυνάμεως, ἡ δέ φρονήσεως, ἐπί Θεοῦ δέ λεγόμεναι σοφίας καί δυνάμεως καί φρονήσεως ὑπερβολήν σαφῶς ὑποδηλοῦσιν. Εἴ τι οὖν παρ᾿ ἡμῖν κατά στέρησιν λέγοιτο, ἐπί Θεοῦ λεγόμενον ἕξιν ὑποδηλοῦν πάντως ἐκδέχεσθαι δίκαιον, καί τό ἔμπαλιν, εἴ τι κατά ἕξιν ἐφ᾿ ἡμῶν λέγοιτο, ἐπί Θεοῦ στέρησιν διά τήν ὑπεροχήν ἐκδέχεσθαι δηλοῦν πρεπωδέστατον. Αἱ γάρ τῶν θείων ὑπερβολαί καί κατά στέρησιν δι᾿ ἀντιφάσεως λεγόμεναι παρ᾿ ἡμῶν ἀποδέουσι πολύ τῆς ἀληθοῦς καθ᾿ ὅν εἰσι λόγον ἐμφάσεως.

English

To the divine Paul, the great apostle, both initiate and initiator into secretly-known wisdom, it was named folly of God and weakness, on account of the surpassing wisdom, I think, and power; but to the God-minded great Gregory it was called a plaything, on account of the surpassing prudence. For the one says: "The foolishness of God is wiser than men, and the weakness of God is stronger than men"; and the other: "For the steep word plays in forms of every kind, judging, as it wills, the world that is here and there" — each of them, by the privation of the highest positions among us, displaying the divine state, and by the negations of our own terms making the affirmation of divine things. For folly among us and weakness and plaything are privations — the one of wisdom, the one of power, the one of prudence — but when said of God they clearly indicate the excess of wisdom and power and prudence. If, then, anything among us is said by way of privation, when said of God it is right to understand that it altogether indicates a state; and conversely, if anything is said among us by way of state, it is most fitting to understand that when said of God it indicates privation, on account of the transcendence. For the excesses of divine things, even when spoken by us by way of privation through contradiction, fall far short of the true emphasis according to the reason by which they are.

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:99 · narrative
Source · Greek

Εἰ δέ τοῦτο κατά τόν εἰκότα λόγον ἐστίν ἀληθές (οὐ γάρ συμβαίνει πώποτε τά θεῖα τοῖς ἀνθρωπίνοις), ἄρα μωρία Θεοῦ καί ἀσθένεια κατά τόν ἅγιον ἀπόστολον Παῦλον, καί παίγνιον Θεοῦ κατά Γρηγόριον τόν θαυμαστόν καί μέγαν διδάσκαλον, τό μυστήριόν ἐστι τῆς θείας ἐνανθρωπήσεως, ὡς πάσης φύσεως δυνάμεώς τε καί ἐνεργείας πᾶσαν ὑπερουσίως ἐκβεβηκός τάξιν καί ἁρμονίαν, ὅπερ Πνεύματι θείῳ πόῤῥωθεν κατά νοῦν θεασάμενος καί μυηθείς ὁ θειότατος Δαβίδ, καί οἷον τήν τοῦ Ἀποστόλου λεγομένην διά στερήσεως ὑπερβάλλουσαν ἕξιν τοῦ Θεοῦ προερμηνεύων, Ἰουδαίων, σοφῶς οἶμαι, καταβοῶν· Ἐν τῷ πλήθει τῆς δυνάμεώς σου ψεύσονταί σε οἱ ἐχθροί σου. Πᾶς γάρ ἄνθρωπος ἐχθρός πάντως τοῦ Θεοῦ καί ψεύστης προδήλως καθίσταται ὁ τόν Θεόν τῷ νόμῳ τῆς φύσεως ἀμαθῶς τε καί ἀσεβῶς περικλείων, καί ἀπαθῶς ὑπέρ φύσιν ἐν τοῖς ὑπό φύσιν οὐσιωδῶς γενόμενον τά κατά φύσιν ὡς πάντα δυνάμενον ἐνεργῆσαι πιστεύειν μή ἀρχόμενος.

Οὕτω μέν οὖν κατά μίαν ἐπιβολήν τέως θεωρῆσαι τό μωρόν τοῦ Θεοῦ καί τό ἀσθενές καί παίγνιον, στοχαστικῶς ὁ λόγος ἐτόλμησε, μεθ᾿ ὧν παρεκβατικῶς, ὡς προθεωρίαν παραδειγματικήν τοῦ προτεθέντος ἀπόρου, καί τήν ἄβυσσον τήν ἐπικαλουμένην τήν ἄβυσσον εἰς φωνήν τῶν θείων καταῤῥακτῶν λαβών ὁ λόγος νοῦν γνωστικόν εἶναι σοφίαν ἐπικαλούμενον δέξασθαι, μικράν τινα τῶν ἐπί τῇ θείᾳ

English

If this is true according to the probable account (for divine things never coincide with human things), then the folly of God and weakness, according to the holy apostle Paul, and the play of God, according to Gregory the wondrous and great teacher, is the mystery of the divine incarnation, since it has transcended beyond being every order and harmony of every nature, power, and activity, which the most divine David, having beheld it from afar in mind by the divine Spirit and having been initiated, and as it were pre-interpreting the surpassing disposition of God spoken of by the Apostle by way of negation, cried out against the Jews, wisely, I think: In the abundance of your power your enemies will lie to you. For every man is altogether an enemy of God and is plainly shown to be a liar who ignorantly and impiously confines God within the law of nature, and who does not begin to believe that he who became essentially beyond nature and impassibly among things under nature, as one able to accomplish all things, acts according to nature.

Thus, then, by a single attempt, for now, the account has dared to contemplate the folly of God and the weakness and play, conjecturally, with which things, by way of digression, as a paradigmatic preliminary contemplation of the proposed difficulty, the account also, having taken the abyss that calls upon the abyss to a voice of the divine cataracts, to receive a knowing mind that is called wisdom, a small portion of the things concerning the divine

khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:100 · narrative
Source · Greek

καί ἀφράστῳ συγκαταβάσει μυστηρίων ἔμφασιν παρεδήλωσεν. Ἄβυσσος γάρ καί ὁ τῆς ἀβύσσου τόπος ὁμωνύμως ὀνομάζεται, τόπος δέ τῆς θείας σοφίας, ὁ καθαρός καθέστηκε νοῦς. Ἆρα θέσει διά τό δεκτικόν ἄβυσσος καί ὁ νοῦς προσαγορεύεται, καί ἡ σοφία πάλιν τό αὐτό διά τήν φύσιν κατανομάζεται. ΡΟΖ (177). ΑΛΛΗ ΘΕΩΡΙΑ ΕΙΣ ΤΟ ΑΥΤΟ Ἄλλη θεωρία εἰς τό αὐτό.

Καθ’ ἕτερον δέ τό προκείμενον ἄπορον διασκοποῦντες τρόπον τῇ βοηθείᾳ τῆς θείας χάριτος στοχαστικῶς, ἀλλ᾿ οὐκ ἀποφαντικῶς (τό μέν γάρ μέτριον, τό δέ προπετές), ἐγχειρεῖν τῷ προκειμένῳ ῥητῷ τολμῶμεν, φάσκοντες τήν τῶν μέσων τυχόν προβολήν, κατά τό ἴσον ἀπό τῶν ἄκρων ἔχουσαν ἀπόστασιν, παίγνιον εἰρῆσθαι Θεοῦ τῷ μεγάλῳ διδασκάλῳ, διά τήν ἐπίῤῥυτον αὐτῶν καί εὐαλλοίωτον στάσιν, μᾶλλον δέ, στάσιμον ῥεῦσιν εἰπεῖν οἰκειότερον. Ὅ καί παράδοξον, στάσιν ἀεί ῥέουσαν καί φερομένην θεᾶσθαι, καί ῥεῦσιν ἀεικίνητον προνοητικῶς τῆς τῶν οἰκονομουμένων ἕνεκεν βελτιώσεως θεόθεν ἐπινενοημένην, τούς δι᾿ αὐτῆς παιδαγωγουμένους σοφίσαι δυναμένην, ἀλλαχοῦ μεταστήσεσθαι πάντως ἐλπίζειν, καί πέρας τοῦ κατ᾿ αὐτήν ἐπ᾿ αὐτοῖς μυστηρίου τῇ πρός Θεόν νεύσει βεβαίως διά τῆς χάριτος θεωθήσεσθαι πιστεύειν. Μέσα δέ λέγω τήν τῶν ὁρωμένων καί νῦν περί τόν ἄνθρωπον ὄντων ἤ ἐν οἷς ὁ ἄνθρωπος συμπλήρωσιν, ἄκρα δέ τήν τῶν μή φαινομένων καί περί τόν ἄνθρωπον ἀψευδῶς ἔσεσθαι μελλόντων ὑπόστασιν, τῶν κυρίως τε καί ἀληθῶς κατά τόν ἄῤῥητον καί προηγούμενον σκοπόν τε καί λόγον τῆς θείας ἀγαθότητος πεποιημένων τε καί γεγενημένων.

English

And by an ineffable condescension he indicated the manifestation of mysteries. For the abyss and the place of the abyss are named by the same name, and the place of divine wisdom is the pure mind. Is the mind then called an abyss by position, because of its capacity to receive, and is wisdom again named the same by nature? RHOZ (177). ANOTHER CONTEMPLATION ON THE SAME PASSAGE. Another contemplation on the same.

Considering the present difficulty in another way, with the help of divine grace, by way of conjecture and not by way of assertion (for the former is moderate, the latter rash), we dare to undertake the present text, saying that the projection of the intermediates, which has an equal distance from the extremes, was called a play of God by the great teacher, because of their unstable and easily changeable state—or rather, it would be more fitting to call it a standing flow. And this is paradoxical: to behold a standing that always flows and is borne along, and a flow ever in motion, providentially devised by God for the sake of the improvement of those who are governed, able to make wise those who are educated through it, so that they hope that they will certainly be transferred elsewhere, and believe that the end of the mystery accomplished in them will be divinely accomplished with certainty through grace by their inclination toward God. And by "intermediates" I mean the completion of things seen and now present concerning man, or in which man consists; and by "extremes" the subsistence of things not apparent and which will truly be concerning man hereafter, of things made and brought into being in the primary and true sense according to the ineffable and preeminent purpose and principle of the divine goodness.

Citation. Tergwame, “PG_91A_4”, khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4:1, machine-draft, 2026. https://naxiai.com/christian/works/khazarzar-maximus-confessor-pg-91a-4#s1
Colophon. Source: khazarzar · licence: see record · model: deepseek/deepseek-v4.1-flash:floor · provider: Baidu · cost: $0.0269 · generated 2026-11-15.